Top Banner
Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence. It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control. This manual was prepared to help you under- stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle. A separate Service and Maintenance Guide and Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle and vehicle maintenance sched- ules. Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your state’s lemon law. Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, he will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to him. READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and main- tenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle. WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA- TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers! I Never drive under the influence of al- cohol or drugs. I Always observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi- tions. I Always use your seat belts and appro- priate child restraint systems. Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat. I Always provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle. I Always review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information. MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified. Modi- fication could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems result- ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties. WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model. Therefore, you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle. All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice.
247

2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Feb 12, 2017

Download

Documents

donhi
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Foreword

Welcome to the growing family of newNISSAN owners. This vehicle is delivered toyou with confidence. It was produced usingthe latest techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Service and Maintenance Guideand Warranty Information Booklet explainsdetails about the warranties covering yourvehicle and vehicle maintenance sched-ules. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, he will be glad to assist you withthe extensive resources available to him.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you in the

safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

I Never drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

I Always observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for condi-tions.

I Always use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

I Always provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety featuresto all occupants of the vehicle.

I Always review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrationsin this manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 2: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen .

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to Stateof California to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.

© 2001 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual maybe reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or trans-mitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 3: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Welcome To The World Of NISSAN

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedicationto produce the finest in safe, reliable and eco-nomical transportation. Your vehicle is the prod-uct of a successful worldwide company thatmanufactures cars and trucks in over 17 coun-tries and distributes them in 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufac-tured by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which wasfounded in Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSANaffiliates world wide, collectively growing to be-come the fifth largest automaker in the world. Inaddition to cars and trucks, NISSAN also makesforklift trucks, marine engines, boats and otherdiversified products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growinginvestment in North America. NISSAN’S commit-ment is nearly $4 billion dollars in capital invest-ments in facilities across the continent. Some of

the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturingfacility in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle stylingdesign at Nissan Design International in SanDiego, California, and engineering at NissanTechnical Center North America in FarmingtonHills, Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employsnearly 18,000 people throughout the UnitedStates, Canada, and Mexico. An additional71,000 people work for the 1,500 NISSAN andINFINITI dealers across North America.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its sup-pliers and over 140 dealers employ approxi-mately 4,500 people. These include companyemployees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers allacross Canada. In addition, many Canadianswork for companies that supply NISSAN andNISSAN dealers with materials and servicesranging from operation of port facilities and trans-

portation services to the supply of lubricants,parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics andcomputers in automobiles, and has led the indus-try in improving both performance and fuel effi-ciency through new engine designs and the useof synthetic materials to reduce vehicle weight.The company has also developed ways to buildquality into its vehicles at each stage of theproduction process, both through extensive useof automation and — most importantly —through an awareness that people are the cen-tral element in quality control.

From the time the parts arrived from our suppli-ers until you took delivery of your new Nissan,dozens of checks were made to ensure that onlythe best job was being done in producing anddelivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes greatcare to ensure that when you take your NISSANto your dealer for maintenance, the service tech-nician will perform his work according to thequality standards that have been established bythe factory.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asyou know, seat belts are an integral part of thesafety systems that will help protect you and yourpassengers in the event of a sudden stop or anaccident. We urge you to use the seat belts everytime you drive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievementreflects our major goal: to provide you, ourcustomer, with a vehicle that is built with qualityand craftsmanship — a product that we can beproud to build and you can be proud to own.

WFW0002

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 4: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSANdealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact our(NISSAN’s) Consumer Affairs Department us-ing our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers(808) 836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:— Your name, address, and telephone

number— Vehicle identification number (on dash-

board)— Date of purchase— Current odometer reading— Your NISSAN dealer’s name— Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the informationon the left at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customersNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii2880 Kilihau St.Honolulu, Hawaii 96819

For Canada customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 5: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Table ofContents

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 6: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems

Seats ......................................................................... 1-2Front manual seat adjustment ............................. 1-2Front power seat adjustment ............................... 1-3Folding rear seat ................................................. 1-5Head restraint adjustment .................................... 1-6Active head restraint (front seats) ........................ 1-7Armrest ................................................................. 1-8

Supplemental restraint system.................................. 1-8Precautions on supplemental restraint system .... 1-8Supplemental air bag warning labels ................. 1-18Supplemental air bag warning light.................... 1-18

Seat belts ................................................................ 1-20Precautions on seat belt usage ......................... 1-20Child safety......................................................... 1-22

Pregnant women ................................................ 1-23Injured persons................................................... 1-23Three-point type seat belt with retractor ............ 1-23Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-26Seat belt maintenance ....................................... 1-26

Child restraints ........................................................ 1-27Precautions on child restraints ........................... 1-27Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions ............................................................. 1-29LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether for Children)system ................................................................ 1-34Top tether strap child restraint ........................... 1-35Installation on front passenger seat ................... 1-36

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 7: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accidentyou could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internalinjuries.

I For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT — Passenger side

WARNING

After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 8: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Forward and backward

Pull the lever up while you slide the seatforward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up andlean back. To bring the seatback forwardagain, pull the lever and move your bodyforward. The seatback moves forward.

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

I Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

I Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

Operating tips

I The seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

I Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

SSS0179

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 9: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-back forward again, move the switch forwardand move your body forward. The seatbackwill move forward.

Seat lifter (Driver’s seat)

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

SSS0148 SSS0166

1-4 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 10: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Move the lever upor down to adjust the seat lumbar area.

FOLDING REAR SEAT

Interior trunk access

Pull up on the release knob to access the trunkfrom the rear seat.

The rear seats can be locked using themaster key to prevent unauthorized ac-cess.

WARNING

I When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain that theyare completely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured in the right position, passen-gers may be injured in an accident orsudden stop.

I Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area or on the rear seat whenit is in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraint can be extremelydangerous in an accident or suddenstop.

I Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

SPA0467

SSS0180

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 11: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked with therear seatback securely latched whennot in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide significantprotection against injury in an accident.Do not remove them. Check the adjust-

ment after someone else uses the seat.

SSS0125

1-6 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 12: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

I Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previoussection. Failure to do so can reducethe effectiveness of the active headrestraint.

I Active head restraints are designedto supplement other safety systems.Always wear seat belts. No systemcan prevent all injuries in any acci-dent.

I Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so could im-pair active head restraint function.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from the oc-cupant in a rear-end collision. The movementof the head restraint helps support the occu-pant’s head by reducing its backward move-ment and helping absorb some of the forcesthat may lead to whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it issaid that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

SSS0178 SPA1025

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 13: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger supplemen-tal air bags, supplemental side air bags andpre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side air bag system (if soequipped): This system can help cushion theimpact force to the head and the chest area ofthe driver and front passenger in certain sideimpact collisions. The supplemental side airbag is designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and front passengerseat belts and are not a substitute for them.Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the driver and front passenger seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and front door finish-ers. (See “Seat belts” later in this section for

instructions and precautions on seat belt us-age.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0150

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

1-8 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 14: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, roll over, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

I The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective when

you are sitting well back and uprightin the seat. Front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the supplemen-tal front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering

wheel or instrument panel. Alwaysuse the seat belts.

I The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The air bag system moni-tors the severity of a collision andthen inflates the air bags based onbelt usage. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

I Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

SSS0131

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 15: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SSS0132 SSS0006

SSS0007

1-10 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 16: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustra-tions.

I Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbag or supplemental side air bag in-flates if they are not properly re-strained.

I Also never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” later in this section.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 17: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag (if soequipped):

I The supplemental side air bag ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

I The seat belts and the supplementalside air bag are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and uprightin the seat. The side air bag inflateswith great force. Do not allow anyoneto place their hand, leg or face nearthe side air bag on the side of theseatback of the front seat. Do notallow anyone sitting in the front seatto extend their hand out of the win-dow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previous illus-

trations.

I When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously in-jured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

I Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0101 SSS0140 SSS0159

1-12 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 18: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe dashboard above the glove box. Thesesystems are designed to meet optional certifi-cation requirements under U.S. regulations.They are also permitted in Canada. The op-tional certification allows front air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higher

severity frontal collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplementalair bag operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and passen-ger air bags. The system monitors informationfrom the crash zone sensor, the diagnosissensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened, inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand whether the seat belts are being used.

SSS0162 SSS0173

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 19: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, helps to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or other inju-ries. Front air bags do not provide restraint tothe lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordash board. The supplemental front air bagsinflates quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, the air bag module during inflation.The air bag will deflate quickly after the colli-sion is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

I Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the supple-mental front air bag inflates.

I Right after inflation, several air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

I No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the air bag or damage tothe air bag system.

I Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,

suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental air bagsystem.

I Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel as-sembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad, above the dash-board, or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

I Work around and on the supplemen-tal front air bag system should bedone by an authorized NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-ing harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be usedon the air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are cov-

1-14 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 20: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ered with yellow insulation either justbefore the harness connectors orover the complete harness for easyidentification.

I A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect inflation of the supple-mental air bag system.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental frontair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. Supplemental side air bag system (if

so equipped)

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental side air bag (on the driver orfront passenger seat) is designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions, although it mayinflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity sideimpact. It is designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. It may notinflate in certain side collisions. Vehicle dam-age (or lack of it) is not always an indication ofproper supplemental side air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire, but care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact forceon the head and the chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating side airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the supplemental sideair bag. The side air bag inflates quickly inorder to help protect the front occupants. Be-cause of this, the force of the side air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, the sideair bag module during inflation. The side airbag will deflate quickly after the collision isover.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bag

SSS0165

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 21: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

I Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the supplementalside air bag inflates.

I Right after inflation, several supple-mental side air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touch them;you may severely burn yourself.

I No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental side air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the side air bag or damageto the side air bag system.

I Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,

suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental side air bag sys-tem.

I Tampering with the supplementalside air bag system may result inserious personal injury. For example,do not change the front seat assem-bly by placing material near the seat-back of the front seat, or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, around the side air bag sys-tem.

I Work around and on the supplemen-tal side air bag system should bedone by an authorized NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-ing harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unautho-rized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be usedon the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are cov-

ered with yellow insulation either justbefore the harness connectors orover the complete harness for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental sideair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

I The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot bereused after activation. It must bereplaced together with the retractoras a unit.

I If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by your NISSANdealer.

1-16 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 22: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt system.This is to prevent accidental activa-tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt ordamage to the pre-tensioner seat beltoperation. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

I Work around and on the pre-tensioner system should be done byan authorized NISSAN dealer. Instal-lation of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an authorizedNISSAN dealer. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the pre-tensioner seat belt system.

I If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an authorized NISSAN dealer.Correct pre-tensioner disposal proce-dures are set forth in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat belt retrac-tor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant thevehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, thereby restraining seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used thesame as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittentlyor will turn on for 7 seconds and remain onafter the ignition key has been turned to theON or START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 23: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental air bagsystem are placed in the vehicle as shown inthe illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, monitorsthe circuits of the supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bag systems, andpre-tensioner seat belt. The circuits monitoredby the air bag warning light are the diagnosissensor unit, satellite sensors, front air bagmodules, side air bag modules and all relatedwiring, and pre-tensioner seat belt.After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-tion, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates. The supplemental air bag warning

SPA0945B SPA1097

1-18 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 24: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

light will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystem is operational.If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag system, supple-mental side air bag system, and pre-tensionerseat belt need servicing:I The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7 seconds.I The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.I The supplemental air bag warning light

does not come on at all.Under these conditions, the supplemental frontair bags, supplemental side air bags and/orpre-tensioner seat belt may not operate prop-erly. They must be checked and repaired.Take your vehicle to the nearest authorizedNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-tal front air bag system, supplementalside air bag system and/or pre-tensionerseat belt will not operate in an accident.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags and pre-tensioner seat belt aredesigned to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred. Repairand replacement of these systems should bedone only by authorized NISSAN dealers.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,supplemental side air bags, pre-tensioner seatbelt and related parts should be pointed out tothe person conducting the maintenance. Theignition key should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood or in-side the vehicle.

WARNING

I Once the supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt have activated,the air bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced, addition-ally, if any of the supplemental airbags inflate, the pre-tensioner seat

belts must also be replaced. Themodule should be replaced by anauthorized NISSAN dealer. Thesupplemental front air bag module orsupplemental side air bag modulecannot be repaired.

I The supplemental front air bag sys-tem, supplemental side air bag sys-tem and pre-tensioner seat beltshould be inspected by an authorizedNISSAN dealer if there is any damageto the front end or side portion of thevehicle.

I If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrap thevehicle, contact an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

Correct disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser-vice Manual. Incorrect disposal pro-cedures could cause personal injury.

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 25: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

Your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced if you are wearing your seatbelt and it is properly adjusted. NISSANstrongly encourages you and all of your pas-sengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories requirethat seat belts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

WARNING

I Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained and, if appropriate, in achild restraint.

I The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

I Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your backunder your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

SSS0134

SEAT BELTS

1-20 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 26: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible around the hips, not thewaist. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

I Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

I Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its ef-fectiveness.

I Do not allow more than one person touse the same belt.

I Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

I If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked by your NISSANdealer.

I Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the

retractor. See your NISSAN dealer.

I Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system compo-nents should be done by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer.

I All seat belt assemblies including re-tractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by your NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt assem-blies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damage

and continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be in-spected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

I All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are dam-aged.

SSS0136

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 27: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 year andless than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints” laterin this section.)

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all preteens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat ifpossible. According to accident statistics,children are safer when properly restrainedin the rear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger (see “Supplemental Restraint System”earlier in this section for precautions).

Infants and small children

NISSAN recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints that com-ply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraint thatfits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

SSS0016 SSS0014

1-22 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 28: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsystems should be seated and restrained bythe seat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) mayhelp overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoareas while the vehicle is moving. Thechild could be seriously injured or killedin an accident or a sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

I Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

I Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

SSS0018

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 29: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

I For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle until itsnaps.

The retractor is designed to lock during asudden stop or on impact. A slow pullingmotion will permit the belt to move, andallow you some freedom of movement inthe seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have acinching mechanism for child restraint installa-tion. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckleand fully retracted. For additional information,see “Child restraints” later in this section.

SSS0020 SSS0102 SSS0061

1-24 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 30: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are notcompletely secured in the right position,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement using two separate methods:

I when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

I when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

You can check their operation as follows:

I grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly

forward. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any questions about belt opera-tion, see your NISSAN dealer.

SSS0021

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-25

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 31: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best suited for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlierin this section.) To lower, push the releasebutton, and then move the shoulder belt an-chor to the desired position, so that the beltpasses over the shoulder. Release the adjust-ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchorinto position.

To raise, move the adjuster up to the desiredposition without pushing the button.

WARNING

I After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt down to make sure it issecurely fixed in position.

I The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available which iscompatible with the installed seat belts. Theextender adds approximately 8 inches (200mm) of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position. Seeyour NISSAN dealer for assistance if the ex-tender is required.

WARNING

I Only NISSAN belt extenders, made bythe same company which made theoriginal equipment belts, should beused with NISSAN belts.

I Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal in-jury in the event of an accident.

I Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

I To clean the seat belt webbings, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then brush the webbing, wipe it with a clothand allow it to dry in the shade. Do not allowthe seat belts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

SSS0152

1-26 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 32: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide ofthe seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guidewith a clean, dry cloth.

I Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire belt assemblyshould be replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

I Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

I Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongest adultto resist the forces of a severe acci-dent. The child could be crushed be-tween the adult and parts of the ve-hicle. Also, do not put the same seatbelt around both your child and your-self.

I Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child. A rear facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

I NISSAN recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

I An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt. In addition, this vehicle isequipped with a universal child restraint loweranchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tether for Children) sys-tem. Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these lower anchors. For details,see “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether forChildren) SYSTEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufac-turers. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

I choose only a restraint with a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal Motor

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-27

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 33: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

I check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system. Choose a childrestraint that meets the guidelines of theSociety of Automotive Engineers recom-mended practice J1819 for child restraintinstallation.

I if the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child re-straint and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the child restraint is compatiblewith your child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints atall times while the vehicle is being oper-ated.

WARNING

I Improper use of a child restraint canresult in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

I Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure to select one whichwill fit your child and vehicle. It maynot be possible to properly installsome types of child restraints in yourvehicle.

I If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

I Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

I After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten thebelt as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again.

I For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulder belt

does not go in front of the child’s faceor neck. If it does, put the shoulderbelt behind the child restraint. If youmust install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see instruc-tions later in this section.

I When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

1-28 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 34: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD OR CENTERPOSITIONS

WARNING

I The three-point belt on your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-ing a child restraint.

I Failure to do so will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured.It could tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Itcan be placed in a front facing direction,depending on the size of the child. Alwaysfollow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

SSS0153 SSS0154

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-29

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 35: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0043 SSS0107 SSS0062

1-30 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 36: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward to makesure that it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the belt isin the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into the

retractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the size ofthe child. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

SSS0108 SSS0155

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-31

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 37: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

SSS0156 SSS0046 SSS0045A

1-32 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 38: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward to makesure that it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the belt isin the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into the

retractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

SSS0109 SSS0110

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-33

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 39: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHER FOR CHILDREN)SYSTEM

WARNING

I Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is not se-cured properly, your child could beseriously injured or killed in anaccident.

I Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using thechild restraint lower anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

I The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. This systemis known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTether for Children) system. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint. Your vehicle is equippedwith special anchor points that are used withLATCH system compatible child restraints.Check your child restraint for a label statingthat it is compatible with the LATCH system.This information may also be in the childrestraint owner’s manual. If you have such a

child restraint, refer to the illustration for therear seating positions equipped with LATCHsystem anchors which can be used to securethe child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strapchild restraint” later in this section for installa-tion instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachmentsin the rear seat, follow these steps.

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH systemanchors, such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child

SSS0177A

1-34 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 40: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

restraint will not be secured properly ifthe LATCH system anchors are ob-structed.

1. To install the LATCH system compat-ible child restraint, insert the childrestraint LATCH system anchor at-tachments into the anchor points onthe rear seat. If the child restraint isequipped with a top tether, see “Toptether strap child restraint” later inthis section for installation instruc-tions.

2. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, useforce to tilt the child restraint fromside to side and tug it forward tomake sure that the child restraint issecurely held in place.

3. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior toeach use.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the provided anchor point.First, secure the child restraint with the rearseat belt.

Remove the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind the childseat.

Secure the top tether strap to the anchorbracket.

Keep the removed cover in a secured place toprevent loss or damage to the cover.

WARNING

The child restraint anchor point is de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance is it tobe used for adult seat belts or har-nesses.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf finisher.

If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your NISSAN dealer for details.

SSS0157

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-35

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 41: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

I Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear facing child re-straint could be struck by the supple-mental air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

I NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a frontfacing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passengerseat to the rearmost position.

I A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

I The three-point belt in your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-

ing a child restraint.

I Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The childrestraint could tip over or otherwisebe unsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0129

1-36 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 42: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed in afront facing direction only. Move the seatto the rearmost position. Always follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instructions.Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

SSS0135 SSS0055 SSS0113

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-37

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 43: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward to makesure that it is securely held in place.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the belt isin the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the

seat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

SSS0056 SSS0114

1-38 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 44: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-39

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 45: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ....................................................... 2-2Meters and gauges ................................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer ................................ 2-4Tachometer .......................................................... 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge...................... 2-5Fuel gauge ........................................................... 2-5

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders........ 2-7Checking bulbs..................................................... 2-7Warning lights....................................................... 2-7Indicator lights .................................................... 2-10Audible reminders .............................................. 2-11

Security systems ..................................................... 2-12Vehivle security system...................................... 2-12Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System .................. 2-13

Windshield wiper and washer switch ...................... 2-14Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defogger switch ....................................................... 2-15Headlight and turn signal switch ............................. 2-16

Xenon headlights................................................ 2-16Headlight switch ................................................. 2-17Turn signal switch .............................................. 2-19

Fog light switch (if so equipped) ............................. 2-19Hazard warning flasher switch................................ 2-19Horn......................................................................... 2-20

Heated seats (if so equipped)................................. 2-20Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .................. 2-21Traction control system (TCS) cancel switch(if so equipped) ....................................................... 2-22Power outlet ............................................................ 2-22Cigarette lighter and ashtray (accessory) ............... 2-23Storage.................................................................... 2-23

Trays................................................................... 2-23Glasses case...................................................... 2-24Cup holder.......................................................... 2-24Glove box ........................................................... 2-25Console box ....................................................... 2-26Cargo net (if so equipped) ................................. 2-26

Windows.................................................................. 2-27Power windows .................................................. 2-27

Sunroof (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-29Automatic sunroof .............................................. 2-29

Clock ....................................................................... 2-30Adjusting the time............................................... 2-30

Trip computer .......................................................... 2-30Interior light ............................................................. 2-32

Ceiling................................................................. 2-32Personal light .......................................................... 2-33Vanity mirror light (if so equipped).......................... 2-34

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 46: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Trunk light ............................................................... 2-34HomeLink Universal Transceiver(if so equipped) ....................................................... 2-35

Programming HomeLink ................................... 2-36Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ........................................................... 2-36Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver......................................................... 2-36

Programming trouble diagnosis.......................... 2-36Clearing the programmed information................ 2-37Rolling code programming ................................. 2-37Reprogramming a single HomeLink button...... 2-37If your vehicle is stolen ...................................... 2-38

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 47: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-18)

2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turnsignal switch (P.2-16)

3. Traction control system (TCS) cancelswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-22)

4. Meters/gauges (P.2-3)5. Rear window and outside mirror (if so

equipped) defogger switch — type B(P.2-15)

6. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P.2-14)7. Ventilator (P.4-2)8. Rear window and outside mirror (if so

equipped) defogger switch — type A(P.2-15)

9. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-3) orradio/cassette player (4-16)

10. Clock (P.2-30)11. Security indicator light (P.2-14)12. Radio/cassette player (P.4-16)/CD player

(P.4-16) or Navigation system*13. Passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-8)14. Fuse box cover (P.8-24)15. Automatic drive positioner system cancel

switch (if so equipped) (P.3-18)16. Heated steering switch (if so equipped)

(P.2-21)17. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-15)18. Steering switch for audio control (P.4-28)

and trip computer (P.2-30)19. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-8)20. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-14)21. Cruise control main/set switch (P.5-14)22. Ignition switch/steering lock (P.5-4)SIC1736

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 48: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

23. Power outlet (P.2-22) or cigarette lighter(accessory) (P.2-23)

24. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-19)25. Tray (P.2-23) or ashtray (accessory)

(P.2-23)26. Glove box (P.2-25)

See the page indicated in parentheses foroperating details.

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

1. Fuel gauge

2. Speedometer

3. Warning/Indicator lights

4. Tachometer

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. Warning/Indicator lights

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

8. Reset knob for trip odometer

9. Trip computer

10.Warning/Indicator lights

SIC1737

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 49: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are displayedwhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:

TRIP A , TRIP B , TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 secondresets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

SIC1227 SIC1249

2-4 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 50: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving condi-tions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possible. Ifthe engine is overheated, continued op-eration of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section for immediate action re-quired.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move to theE (Empty) position when the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC0173 SIC1738

Instruments and controls 2-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 51: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The low fuel warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thegauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

I If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips, the

lamp should turn off. If the lampremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer.

I For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)”later in this section.

2-6 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 52: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

or Anti-lock brake warning light Low washer fluid warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

A/T check warning light (A/T models) Seat belt warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

or Brake warning light Stop/tail warning light Slip indicator light

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Traction control system indicator light

Door open warning light Trunk lid open warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise main switch indicator light

Low fuel warning light Cruise set indicator light

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the ignitionkey to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights will come on:

, or , ,

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

, or , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the elec-

trical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-tion, the light will illuminate. The light will turnoff after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational.

If the light comes on while the engine is

running, it may indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact your NISSAN dealer for repair.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Instruments and controls 2-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 53: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

A/T check warning light (A/Tmodels)

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the lightcomes on for 2 seconds. If the light blinks forapproximately 8 seconds, it may indicate theautomatic transmission system is not function-ing properly. Have your NISSAN dealer checkand repair the transmission.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition key is in the ON position, thelight comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake and clutch fluid”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

WARNING

I Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

I Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as greater pedaltravel.

I If the brake fluid level is below theMIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir,do not drive until the brake systemhas been checked at a NISSANdealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn the en-gine off and check the alternator belt. If the beltis loose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, see your NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition key isON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop theengine immediately and call a NISSAN dealeror other authorized repair shop.

The oil pressure warning light is not de-signed to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine

2-8 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 54: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pressurewarning light on could cause seriousdamage to the engine almost immedi-ately. Turn off the engine as soon as it issafe to do so.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel remain-ing in the tank when the fuel gauge needlereaches E.

Low washer fluid warninglight (if so equipped)

This light comes on when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. See “Window washer fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the igni-tion key is turned to ON, and will remainilluminated until the driver’s seat belt is fas-tened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seatbelt is securely fastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section for pre-cautions on seat belt usage.

Stop/tail warning light

If the light comes on with the engine runningwhen the light switch is on or the brake pedalis depressed, one or more stop/tail light bulbsare burned out. Replace the stop/tail light bulb.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-tion, the supplemental air bag warning light willilluminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystem is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side

air bag (if so equipped) and pre-tensioner seatbelt needs servicing and your vehicle must betaken to your nearest authorized NISSANdealer.

I The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

I The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

I The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemen-tal Restraint System and/or the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. For addi-tional information, see “Supplemental restraintsystem” in the “1. Seats, restraints and supple-mental air bag systems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-tal air bag system, supplemental side airbag system (if so equipped) and/or pre-tensioner seat belt system will not oper-ate in an accident.

Instruments and controls 2-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 55: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Trunk lid open warning light

This light comes on when the trunk lid is notclosed securely while the ignition key is ON.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indicatorlight

The light comes on when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the main switch is pushed again. Whenthe cruise main switch indicator light comeson, the cruise control system is operational.

Cruise set indicator light

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight blinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate the cruise control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checked byyour NISSAN dealer.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeon steady if the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that the ve-hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on inone of two ways:

I Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel filler cap. Ifthe fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn off aftera few driving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips, have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized NISSANdealer. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the dealer.

I Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reduced

2-10 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 56: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

fuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Slip indicator light (if soequipped)

This light will blink on when your tractioncontrol system (TCS) is limiting wheel spin.Slippery road conditions may exist if the slipindicator light blinks on. If this happens, adjustyour driving accordingly.

You may feel or hear the system working, butthis is normal.

The light will blink on for a few seconds afterthe traction control system stops limiting wheelspin.

The slip indicator light also comes on whenyou turn the ignition key to ON. The light willturn off after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational. If the light does not come on or gooff, have the traction control system checkedby your NISSAN dealer. The system operatesin all transmission shift lever positions. But thesystem can upshift the transmission only ashigh as the indicated shift lever position.

Traction control systemindicator light (if so equipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-tion, the light will illuminate. The light will turnoff after about 2 seconds if the traction controlsystem (TCS) is operational.

If the light stays on or comes on when you aredriving, it may indicate the traction controlsystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your NISSAN dealer.

The traction control system indicator light maycome on for the following reasons.

a) If the system is turned off by pressingthe button on the instrument panel, theindicator light will come on and stay on.To turn the system back on, press thebutton again. The indicator light will gooff.

b) If engine speed is above 4,000 rpm in aselected gear. Use D range on low fric-tion road surfaces.

If the traction control system indicator lightcomes on and stays on for an extended periodof time when the system is turned on, haveyour vehicle checked by your NISSAN dealer.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch (ignition switch is turned off). Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chime

The chime will sound when the front door isopened with the headlight switch on unless theignition key is in the ON position.

Make sure to turn the light switch off when youleave the vehicle.

Seat belt warning chime

The chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the drivers seat belt is securely fas-tened.

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,

Instruments and controls 2-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 57: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems, as follows:

I Vehicle Security System

I Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicleare disturbed.

How to activate the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors, hood and trunk lid.

Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK buttonon the keyfob. When using the keyfob, thehazard indicators flash twice to indicate alldoors are locked.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light

IC0005 SIC1228

SECURITY SYSTEMS

2-12 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 58: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

comes on. The SECURITY indicator lightglows for about 30 seconds and then blinks.The system is now activated. If, during this30 second time period, the door is unlockedby the key or the keyfob, or the ignition keyis turned to ACC or ON, the system will notactivate.

I If the key is turned slowly toward thefront of the vehicle when locking thedoor, the system may not activate. If thekey is returned beyond the vertical po-sition toward the rear of the vehicle toremove the key, the system may bedeactivated. If the indicator light fails toglow for 30 seconds, unlock the dooronce and lock it again.

I Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will acti-vate with all doors, hood and trunk lidlocked and ignition key off. Turn theignition key to ACC to turn the systemoff.

Vehicle security system operation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

I The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

I The alarm automatically turns off after ap-

proximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain. The alarm can be shut off by unlock-ing a door or trunk lid with the key, or bypressing the UNLOCK button on the key-fob.

The alarm is activated by:

I Opening the door without using the key orkeyfob.

I Opening the trunk lid without using the keyor keyfob.

I Opening the hood.

How to stop alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door ortrunk lid with the key, or by pressing theUNLOCK button on keyfob. The alarm will notstop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC orON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use of

the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, it maybe due to interference caused by anotherNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or automated pay-ment device on the key ring. Restart the en-gine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 sec-onds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Nissan Ve-hicle Immobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey on a separate key ring to avoid inter-ference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem (CONT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

Instruments and controls 2-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 59: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration.

Security indicator light

If Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, this light will remain on while theignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see your NISSAN dealerfor Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keysthat you have when visiting your NISSANdealer for service.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper.

Intermittent operation can be adjusted from 2to 13 seconds by turning the knob.

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate sev-eral times.

SIC1228 SIC1739

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

2-14 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 60: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead toan accident. Warm the windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

The following could damage the washersystem:

I Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

I Do not operate the washer if the res-ervoir tank is empty.

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and push theswitch on. The indicator light will come on.Push the switch again to turn the defogger off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defogger.

SIC1502A SIC1740

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFOGGER SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 61: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

I When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anauthorized NISSAN dealer.

I Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to an authorized NISSAN dealerand have the headlights adjusted cor-rectly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

SIC1741

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

2-16 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 62: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off operation.It is generally desirable not to turn offthe headlights for short intervals, (forexample, when the vehicle stops at atraffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon headlightsis not reduced.

I If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will start blink-ing, or the color of the light will becomereddish. If one or more of the abovesigns appear, contact a NISSAN dealer.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

Turn the switch to the AUTO position:

When the ignition key is in the ON position, thetail light, headlight, instrument light and otherlights turn on automatically, depending on thebrightness of the surroundings. The headlightwill automatically turn off 5 minutes after theignition switch is turned to the OFF positionand the driver’s or front passenger’s door isopened.

The headlight will also automatically turn off 45seconds after a front door is opened andclosed.

When the light switch is turned to the po-sition, the headlight low or high beam will turnoff.

Turn the switch to the position:

The front clearance, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the other lightsremain on.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top left-handside of the instrument panel. The photosensor controls the autolamp; if it is cov-ered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is darkand the headlights will illuminate.

Battery saver system

I When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights (including thefront fog light) will automatically turn off 5minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

SIC1230

Instruments and controls 2-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 63: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn on for 5minutes when the headlight switch is turnedto the OFF position and turn to the or

position.

CAUTION

I When you turn on the headlightswitch after the lights automaticallyturn off, the lights will not turn offautomatically. Be sure to turn thelight switch to the OFF position whenyou leave the vehicle for extendedperiods of time, otherwise the batterywill go dead.

I Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for ex-tended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Instrument brightness control

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the or

position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofinstrument panel lights (except clock) andpower window switch lights.When the control is turned to the right until aclick sound is heard, the light intensity will beat maximum. When the control is turned to theleft until a click sound is heard, the light will beturned off.

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam, push the lever for-ward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

Passing signal

Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Daytime running light system(Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlight switchin the OFF position or in the position.Turn the headlight switch to the positionfor full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lights donot illuminate. The daytime running lights illu-minate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain on untilthe ignition switch is turned off.

IC1284MA

2-18 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 64: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where lights begin flash-ing.

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency con-ditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazard warning flasher switch while driv-ing.

WARNING

I If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

SIC1760 SIC1232

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 65: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that your ve-hicle might become a hazard to othertraffic.

I Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center consolecan be operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

I For low heat, press the (Low) sideof the switch.

I For high heat, press the (High)side of the switch.

I For no heat, the switch has a center OFFposition between low and high.

The indicator light in the switch will illumi-

SIC1280 SIC1742

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

2-20 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 66: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

nate when low or high is selected.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnthe switch to the off position (center).

CAUTION

I The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

I Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

I Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,the seat may become overheated.

I Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

I Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

I When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

I If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by your NISSAN dealer.

Push the heated steering switch to warm thesteering wheel after the engine starts.

The indicator lights will come on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 30minutes.

SIC1748

HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped)

Instruments and controls 2-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 67: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

To cancel the Traction Control System (TCS),push the TCS cancel switch. The indicator

will come on. Push it again or restart theengine to turn the system back on.

See “Traction control system” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION

I Use caution as the socket and plugmay be hot during or immediatelyafter use.

I This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

I Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power

draw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

I Use this power outlet with the enginerunning. (If the engine is stopped,this could result in a discharged bat-tery.)

I Avoid using when the air conditioner,headlights or rear window defoggeris on.

I Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure to turn off the powerswitch of electrical accessory beingused or the ACC power of the vehicle.

I Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tempera-ture fuse may blow.

I When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact thesocket.

SIC1065 SIC1533

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM(TCS) CANCEL SWITCH (if soequipped)

POWER OUTLET

2-22 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 68: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The cigarette lighter element is an accessory.A genuine NISSAN cigarette lighter unit can bepurchased from your local NISSAN dealer.

The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way. When the lighteris heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is a powersource for the cigarette lighter elementonly. The use of the cigarette lightersocket as a power source for any otheraccessory is not recommended. TRAYS

WARNING

The storage tray should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

SIC1233A SIC1743

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAY (accessory)

STORAGE

Instruments and controls 2-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 69: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

GLASSES CASE

The glasses case can be opened by pushingthe lid.

WARNING

The glasses case should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

I Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

I Do not leave glasses in the glassescase while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses.

CUP HOLDER

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Front:

For larger cups, remove the inside tray.

SIC1744 SIC1745

2-24 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 70: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or your pas-senger.

I Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

SIC1235 SPA0388

Instruments and controls 2-25

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 71: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not be

used while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to theretainers.

To remove the cargo net, detach the hooksfrom the cargo net retainers.

SIC1236

SIC1242A

2-26 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 72: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting.

I Be sure to secure hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in thenet must not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) orthe net may not stay secured.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

I Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the windows. Use thewindow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

I Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls

and become trapped in a window.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position and for about 45seconds, after the ignition key is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s door or the frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The main switch(driver side switches) will open or close all thewindows.

SIC1464

WINDOWS

Instruments and controls 2-27

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 73: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

Automatic operation

To fully open or close the driver’s or frontpassenger’s side window, completely press orlift the switch and release it; it need not beheld. The window will automatically open orclose all the way. To stop the window, justpress or lift the switch on the opposite side.

Auto reverse function (For frontwindow)

If the control unit detects something caught ina front window as it moves up, the window willbe immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen a front window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the win-dow.

SIC0627B SPA1157

2-28 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 74: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition key is turned tothe OFF position. If the driver’s door or thefront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thesunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To open the roof, press the switch to theside.

To close the roof, press the switch to theside.

Sliding position of lid can be chosen accordingto sliding amount of switch.

To fully open or close the roof, completelymove the switch to the or side.

Restarting the sunroof sliding switch

The sliding switch will become inoperable afterthe battery terminal is disconnected, the elec-trical supply interrupted and/or some abnor-mality detected. Use the following re-set pro-cedure to return sunroof operation to normal.

1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tiltingswitch repeatedly toward tilt DOWN to fullyclose the lid.

2. After the lid has closed all the way, keeppushing the tilting switch toward tilt DOWNfor more than 1 second.

Auto reverse function (When closingthe sunroof)

If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it moves to the front, thesunroof will immediately open backward.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the sunroof is closed by automatic op-eration when the ignition key is in the ON

position or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the sun-roof.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressand hold the side of the tilt switch. To tiltdown the sunroof, press and hold the

side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically when the

SIC1746

SUNROOF (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-29

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 75: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

sunroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

WARNING

I In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

I Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is clos-ing.

CAUTION

I Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof before open-ing.

I Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not close

Have your NISSAN dealer check and repairthe sunroof.

The digital clock displays time when the igni-tion key is in ACC or ON.

If the power supply is disconnected, the clockwill not indicate the correct time. Readjust thetime.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

Push the H button to adjust the hour.

Push the M button to adjust the minute.

The display of the trip computer is situated inthe tachometer display. When the ignitionswitch is turned to ON, the display scrolls allthe modes of the trip computer and then showsthe mode chosen before the ignition switch isturned OFF.

If the battery terminal is disconnected,push the trip computer mode switch morethan 1 second to activate the computer.

SIC0910 SIC1749

CLOCK TRIP COMPUTER

2-30 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 76: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When the ignition switch is turned to ON,modes of the trip computer can be selected bypushing once on the trip mode switch. Thefollowing modes can be selected:

Outside air temperature (ICY — °For °C)

The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C.

The outside air temperature mode includes alow temperature warning feature: below 37°F(3°C), the outside air temperature mode isautomatically selected and ICY indicator willilluminate in order to draw the driver’s atten-

tion. Press the mode switch if you wish toreturn to the mode that was selected beforethe warning occurred. The ICY indicator willcontinue blinking as long as the temperatureremains below 39°F (4°C).

Distance to empty (dte — mile orkm)

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance that canbe driven before refueling. The dte is con-stantly being calculated, based on the amountof fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature: when the fuel level is low, the dtemode is automatically selected and the digitsblink in order to draw the driver’s attention.Press the mode switch if you wish to return tothe mode that was selected before the warningoccurred. The dte mark (dte) will remain blink-ing until the vehicle is refuelled.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to ( ).

NOTE:

I If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, the dis-

play just before the ignition switch isturned OFF may continue to be dis-played.

I When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

Average fuel consumption( or )

The Average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing the modeswitch for more than approximately 1 second.The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset,the display shows ( ).

Average speed ( or )

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since last reset. Resetting isdone by pressing the mode switch for morethan approximately 1 minute. The display isupdated every 30 seconds. The first 30 sec-onds after a reset, the display shows ( ).

Journey time

The journey time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pressing the mode switch for more thanapproximately 1 second.

SIC1750

Instruments and controls 2-31

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 77: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

NOTE:

If a low temperature warning and low rangewarning occur simultaneously, other dis-play modes switch automatically to theoutside temperature display.

When the mode switch is pushed, the dis-play switches to the mode chosen beforethe warning display, and the ICY indicatorwill blink.

CEILING

The ceiling light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the center q position, thelight will illuminate when a door is opened.

The light will stay on for about 30 secondswhen:

I The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, akey or the lock-unlock switch while all doorsare closed.

I The driver’s door is opened and then closedwhile the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

I The key is removed from the ignition switchwhile all doors are closed.

The ceiling light will turn off while the 30second timer is activated, when:

I The driver’s door is locked either with thekeyfob, a key, or the lock-unlock switch.

I The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the interior light switch or personallight switch is in the ON position, the inte-rior, personal, and vanity mirror lights willautomatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the OFFposition. To turn on the light again, insertthe key into the ignition switch and move itto the ON position.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-sonal, and vanity mirror lights will automati-cally turn off 30 minutes after the latest opera-tion of the following with the ignition switch inthe ACC or OFF position:

I Opening or closing any door

I Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a keyor the lock-unlock switch.

I Inserting or removing a key from the ignitionswitch

These lights will turn on again when any of the

IC1226

INTERIOR LIGHT

2-32 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 78: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

above operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

I Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

I Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

When the interior light or the personal lightswitch is in the ON position, the interior,personal, and vanity mirror lights will auto-matically turn off 30 minutes after the igni-tion switch has been turned to the OFFposition. To turn on the light again, insertthe key into the ignition switch and move itto the ON position.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-sonal, or vanity mirror lights will automaticallyturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe following with the ignition switch in theACC or OFF position:

I Opening or closing any door

I Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a keyor the lock-unlock switch.

I Inserting or removing a key from the ignitionswitch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

IC1019-B SIC1747

PERSONAL LIGHT

Instruments and controls 2-33

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 79: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

I Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the interior light or the personal lightswitch is in the ON position, the interior,personal, and vanity mirror lights will auto-matically turn off 30 minutes after the igni-tion switch has been turned to the OFFposition. To turn on the light again, insertthe key into the ignition switch and move itto the ON position.

The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, the lightwill go off.

SIC0186

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if soequipped)

TRUNK LIGHT

2-34 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 80: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver powerwill automatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the offposition.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

I Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

I Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink will retain all program-ming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

WARNING

I Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

I During programming, your garagedoor or gate may open or close. Makesure that people and objects are clearof the garage door or gate that youare programming.

I Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming the

HomeLink Universal Transceiver.

HomeLink UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-35

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 81: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

1. With the ignition key in the OFF position,press and hold the two outside buttons, andrelease when the indicator light begins toflash (approximately 20 seconds). This pro-cedure erases the factory set default codesand does not have to be followed whenprogramming additional hand-held trans-mitters.

2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter(from the device you wish to train) approxi-mately 2 to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm) awayfrom the surface of HomeLink keeping theindicator light in view.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push thehand-held transmitter button and the de-sired HomeLink button. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has been completed.

NOTE:

Some garage door openers may requirethe procedures noted under “CanadianProgramming”.

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing lightindicates the HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver has been successfully programmed.

To program the remaining two buttons, followsteps 2 through 4.

If, after repeated attempts, you do not suc-cessfully program the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver to learn the signal of the hand-held transmitter, refer to “Rolling Code Pro-gramming” later in this section.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting af-ter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLink , continue to press

and hold the HomeLink button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLink ”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds untilthe indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener compo-nents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver button. The red indicator lightwill illuminate while the signal is being trans-mitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

I replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

SPA0609A

2-36 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 82: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink surface.

I press and hold both the HomeLink andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

I position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the NISSAN ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, howeverto clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when theindicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

ROLLING CODE PROGRAMMING

Rolling code garage door openers (or otherrolling code devices) which are “code pro-tected” and manufactured after 1996, may bedetermined by the following.

A. Reference the garage door opener Owner’sManual for verification.

B. The hand-held transmitter appears to pro-gram the HomeLink Universal Transceiverbut does not activate the garage door.

C. Press and hold the trained HomeLink but-ton. If the garage door opener has therolling code feature, the HomeLink indica-tor light will flash rapidly, then remains onafter 2 seconds.

To program the HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver to a garage door opener with the rollingcode feature, follow these instructions aftercompleting the “Programming HomeLink ”(the aid of a second person may make thefollowing procedures quicker and easier).

1. Locate the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit. Exact location andcolor of the button may vary by garage dooropener brand. If there is difficulty locatingthe training button, reference the garagedoor opener Owner’s Manual.

2. Press the training button on the garagedoor opener motor unit (which may activatea training light).

NOTE:

Following step 2, there are 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3.

3. Firmly press and release the programmedHomeLink button. Press and release theHomeLink button a second time to com-plete the training process. (Some garagedoor openers may require you to do thisprocedure a third time to complete thetraining.)

The garage door opener should now recognizethe HomeLink Universal Transceiver and ac-tivate when the HomeLink button is pressed.The remaining two buttons may now be pro-grammed (if not yet programmed, follow steps2 through 4 in the “Programming HomeLink ”procedures earlier in this section).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

Instruments and controls 2-37

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 83: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLink sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly, re-lease both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLinkbutton that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink . Consultthe Owner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690

2-38 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 84: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

Instruments and controls 2-39

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 85: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

2-40 Instruments and controls

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 86: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys .......................................................................... 3-2Doors......................................................................... 3-2

Locking with key................................................... 3-3Front window open/close with key ....................... 3-3Locking with inside lock knob............................... 3-3Locking with power door lock switch.................... 3-4Child safety rear door lock ................................... 3-4

Remote keyless entry system................................... 3-4How to use remote keyless entry system............ 3-5Battery replacement ............................................. 3-8

Hood........................................................................ 3-10Trunk lid .................................................................. 3-10

Opener operation ............................................... 3-11Key operation ..................................................... 3-11

Interior trunk lid release ..................................... 3-12Fuel filler lid ............................................................. 3-12

Opener operation ............................................... 3-12Fuel filler cap...................................................... 3-13

Steering wheel ........................................................ 3-14Tilt operation....................................................... 3-14

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-14Mirrors ..................................................................... 3-15

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ...................... 3-15Outside mirrors................................................... 3-15

Automatic seat positioner (if so equipped) ............. 3-16Automatic seat positioner operation (A/T modelsonly).................................................................... 3-16Procedure for storing memory............................ 3-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 87: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registered tothe Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents in your vehicle. These keys have atransponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lidor glove box locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it in a

safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. NISSAN does not record any keynumbers so it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, this keycan be duplicated by your NISSAN dealer.

Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY -Master and Valet keys:

The key number is necessary when you needextra Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys. As many as 5 Nissan Vehicle Immobi-lizer System keys can be used with one ve-hicle. New keys must be registered to theNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents in your vehicle by your NISSAN dealer.At this time, you should bring all Nissan Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys that you have toyour NISSAN dealer for registration. This isbecause the registration process will erase allmemory of the Nissan Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.

WARNING

I Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

I Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

I Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

SPA1379

KEYS DOORS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 88: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

LOCKING WITH KEY

Power

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

I Turning the driver’s door key to the front ofthe vehicle will lock all doors.

I Turning the driver’s door key one time tothe rear of the vehicle will unlock the corre-sponding door. From that position, return-ing the key to neutral (where the key canonly be removed and inserted) and turningit to the rear again within 5 seconds willunlock all doors.

FRONT WINDOW OPEN/CLOSEWITH KEY

Turn the driver’s door key to the unlock posi-tion and hold for about 1 second, the frontwindows will begin to lower.

To stop opening, turn the key to the neutralposition.

To close the front windows with the door keycylinder, turn the key to the lock position andhold for about 1 second.

To stop closing, turn the key to the neutralposition.

In the event of a hand in the way, or otherobstruction, the auto reverse function will acti-vate.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

To individually lock the doors, move the insidelock knob to the LOCK position, then close thedoor. To unlock, pull up the inside lock knob tothe UNLOCK position.

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA0084 SPA0085

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 89: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

All door locks will be engaged when the powerdoor lock switch is moved to the LOCK posi-tion with the driver’s or front passenger’s dooropen. Then close the door and all doors will belocked.

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe LOCK position with front doors open whilea key is in the ignition switch, all doors will lockonce and then unlock automatically.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the lock position, therear door can be opened only from theoutside.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors to releasethe trunk lid and activate the panic alarm byusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (Theeffective distance depends upon the condi-tions around the vehicle.)As many as four keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfob, contactyour NISSAN dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

I the battery is dead,

I the distance between the vehicle and thekeyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrenceswill damage the keyfob.

I Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

SPA0944 SPA0086

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 90: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Do not drop the keyfob.

I Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

I Do not place the keyfob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfob fromunauthorized use to unlock the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, please contact an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. When

the UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is not nec-essary, you can switch to hazard indicator onlymode by following the switching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-ates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thekeyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec-onds to switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 91: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Locking doors

1. Remove the ignition key.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the LOCK button on the keyfob.

4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or theignition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

I When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is inthe ignition switch. However, the panicalarm will not activate when the key is inthe ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while any dooris open. However, hazard indicator andhorn mode will not function.

SPA1260

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 92: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Unlocking doors

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobonce.

I Only the driver’s door unlocks

I The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the igni-tion key in any position except the ONposition.

I The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch is

in the center q position with the ignition keyin any position except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobagain within 5 seconds.

I All doors unlock

I The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors lock automatically within 5 minutesafter pressing the UNLOCK button unless all ofthe following operations are performed:

I any door is opened

I a key is inserted into the ignition

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the keyfob.

Opening the front window

Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3seconds. The driver’s and front passenger’swindows will be lowered.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button untilwindows are fully open.

SPA1380

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 93: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button.

To start lowering the windows, press the UN-LOCK button again for 3 more seconds.

This function will operate after the ignitionswitch is off and 45 seconds passed or eitherthe front door is opened.

Releasing the trunk lid

1. Push the TRUNK button on the keyfob forlonger than 0.5 seconds with the key re-moved from the ignition key cylinder.

2. The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open when the trunk lidcancel lever is in the CANCEL position.It can be opened only with the key.

See “Trunk lid” later in this section for cancellever.

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call atten-tion as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfob forlonger than 0.5 seconds with the keyremoved from the ignition key cylinder.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will

stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

I It has run for 30 seconds, or

I The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

I The panic button or the trunk lid releasebutton is pushed on the keyfob for longerthan 0.5 seconds.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.

SPA1374

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 94: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ⊕ side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.

See your NISSAN dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

I Be careful not to touch a circuit boardand a battery terminal.

I An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

I The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it does get wet, immediately wipe com-pletely dry.

I When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliance

could void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 95: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1. Pull the hood lock release handle q1 lo-cated below the instrument panel; the hoodwill then spring up slightly.

2. Move the lever q2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood and make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

I Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

I If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING

I Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section for exhaust gas.

I Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked with thetrunk closed when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

SPA1381

HOOD TRUNK LID

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 96: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

OPENER OPERATION

The trunk lid release button is located underthe driver’s arm rest.

To open the trunk lid, pull the release button.To close, push the trunk lid down securely.

Cancel lever

When the lever is in the cancel position, thetrunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lidrelease button. It can be opened only with themaster key.

KEY OPERATION

To open the trunk lid, turn the key clockwise.To close, lower and push the trunk lid downsecurely.

SPA0985

SPA0095 SPA0992

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 97: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, and pre-vent children’s access to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism pro-

vides a means of escape for children andadults in the event they become locked insidethe trunk.

The handle is located on the back side of thetrunk lid inside the trunk compartment.

To open the trunk lid from the inside, pullthe release handle towards you until thelock releases and push up on the trunk lid.The release lever is made of a material thatglows in the dark after a brief exposure toambient light.

OPENER OPERATION

To open the fuel filler lid, push the openerswitch. To lock, close the fuel filler lid securely.

SPA1382 SPA0986

FUEL FILLER LID

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 98: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tightenthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

WARNING

I Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-

ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

I Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a quarter turn, and wait for anyhissing sound to stop to prevent fuelfrom spraying out and possible per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

I Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank

after the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically.Continued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel spray andpossibly a fire.

I Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunc-tion indicator lamp to come on.

I Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

I If fuel is spilled on the car body, flushit away with water to avoid paint dam-age.

I Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap

SPA1396

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 99: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

properly may cause the mal-function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu-minate. If the lamp illuminatesbecause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an au-thorized NISSAN dealer.

I For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls”section.

TILT OPERATION

Pull the lock lever and while holding down,adjust the steering wheel up or down to thedesired position.

Push the lock lever back into place to lock thesteering wheel in place.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

CAUTION

Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor.

SPA0234 SPA0991

STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 100: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR

WARNING

Use the AUTO position only when nec-essary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that it auto-matically changes reflection according to theintensity of the headlight of the following ve-hicle.

When the inside mirror is in the AUTO position,excessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced. When theswitch of the inside mirror is in the OFFposition, the inside mirror will operate nor-mally.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder to properly judgedistances to other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when the

SPA1109 SPA1387

MIRRORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 101: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the control knob to right or left to selectthe right or left outside mirror, then adjust.

Foldable outside mirrors

Push the outside mirror backward to fold it.

AUTOMATIC SEAT POSITIONEROPERATION (A/T models only)

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat will automatically move when the auto-matic transmission selector lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to get inand out of the driver’s seat more easily.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat will slide backward:

I When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

I When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to ACC or LOCK.

I When the key is turned from ON to ACCwith the driver’s door open.

When one of the following conditions is met,the driver’s seat will return to the positionsbefore being set.

I When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

I When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to LOCK.

MPA0008

AUTOMATIC SEAT POSITIONER(if so equipped)

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 102: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

PROCEDURE FOR STORINGMEMORY

Two positions can be stored in the automaticdriver’s seat positioner memory. Follow theseprocedures to use the memory system.

1. A/T models:Set the automatic transmission selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

M/T models:Apply the parking brake securely when thevehicle is stopped.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat and steering columnto the desired positions by manually oper-ating each adjusting switch. For additionalinformation, see “Seats” in the “1. Seats,restraints and supplemental air bag sys-tems” section and “Steering wheel” earlierin this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for atleast 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.After the indicator light goes off, the se-lected positions are stored in the selectedmemory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be de-leted.

Confirming memory storage

I Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indica-tor light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

I If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the memory will be canceled. Insuch a case, reset the desired positionsusing the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door more than

SPA1385

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 103: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

two times with the ignition key in the LOCKposition.

2. Reset the desired position using the previ-ous procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. A/T models:Set the automatic transmission selector le-ver to the P (Park) position.

M/T models:Apply the parking brake securely when thevehicle is stopped.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for atleast 1 second.

The driver’s seat will move to the memo-rized position with the indicator light flash-ing. Then the light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

When memory switch 1 or 2 is pushed with thedriver’s door open and then the key insertedinto the ignition switch within approximately 1minute, the driver’s seat will move to thememorized position. — A/T models only

System operation

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

I when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

I when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pressed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

I when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat is turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

I when the cancel switch located on theinstrument panel is pushed to cancel.

I when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

I when the seat has already been moved tothe memorized position.

I when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

I when the parking brake is not applied. —M/T models

I when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h) while the parking brake is applied. —M/T modelsTo restart the drive positioner system,

move the parking brake to off and on.

I when the engine is started while moving theautomatic drive positioner. — M/T models

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 104: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CANCEL SWITCH

When the CANCEL side of the switch ispushed, the automatic drive positioner systemwill not function.

When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed,the system will function.

SPA1386

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 105: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 106: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Ventilators ................................................................. 4-2Heater and air conditioner (Manual) ......................... 4-3

Controls ................................................................ 4-3Heater operation................................................... 4-4Air conditioner operation ...................................... 4-5Air flow charts....................................................... 4-6

Heater and air conditioner (Automatic) (if soequipped) .................................................................. 4-9

Automatic operation ............................................. 4-9Manual operation................................................ 4-10Operating tips ..................................................... 4-11Ventilation air filter.............................................. 4-11

Servicing air conditioner.......................................... 4-12

Audio system........................................................... 4-12FM radio reception ............................................. 4-13AM radio reception ............................................. 4-13Audio operation precautions .............................. 4-13FM-AM radio with cassette player and compact disc(CD) player ......................................................... 4-16FM-AM radio with cassette player...................... 4-23CD care and cleaning ........................................ 4-28Steering switch for audio control ....................... 4-28Antenna .............................................................. 4-29Compact disc (CD) autochanger (if soequipped)............................................................ 4-29

Car phone or CB radio ........................................... 4-30

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 107: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators. Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare closed when the vent switch ismoved to the left.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare open when the vent switch ismoved to the right.

SAA0373 SAA0374

VENTILATORS

4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 108: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine is run-ning.

I Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.On hot, sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly be-come high enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people or

animals.

I Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

I Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CONTROLS

Fan control dial

This dial turns the fan on and off, and controlsfan speed.

Air flow control buttons

These buttons allow you to select the air flowoutlets.

— Air flows from center and side venti-lators.

— Air flows from center and side venti-lators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

— Air flows from defroster outlets andfoot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defroster out-lets.

Temperature control/MAX A/C lever

This lever allows you to adjust the temperatureof the outlet air.

MAX A/C:

When the temperature control/MAX A/C leveris moved to the left end, the air conditionercooling will start automatically and the A/C

SAA0468

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Manual)

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 109: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

indicator and air recirculation lights will turn on.

Air recirculation button

OFF position:

Outside air is drawn into the passenger com-partment.

Use the off position for normal heater, or airconditioner operation.

ON position (Indicator light ON):

Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

Push the air recirculation button to the ONposition when driving on a dusty road or toavoid traffic fumes and for maximum coolingwhen using the air conditioner.

Air conditioning button

Start the engine, move the fan control dial tothe desired (1 to 4) position and push the airconditioning button to turn on the air condi-tioner. The indicator light will come on whenthe air conditioner is on. To stop the air con-ditioner, push the switch again to return it tothe original position.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.

HEATER OPERATION

Heating

This mode is used to direct hot air from thefloor outlets. Some air will also come from thedefrost vents.

1. Push the air recirculation button to the OFFposition for normal heating.

2. Push the button in.

3. Turn on the fan control dial.

4. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

For quick heating, move the air recirculationbutton to the ON position. Be sure to return theair recirculation button to the OFF position fornormal heating.

Ventilation

This mode directs outside air from the side andcenter vents.

1. Push the air recirculation button to the OFFposition.

2. Push the button in.

3. Turn on the fan control dial.

4. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defogging

This mode is used to defrost/defog the win-dows.

1. Push the button in.

2. Turn on the fan control dial.

3. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

I To quickly remove ice or fog from thewindows, turn on the fan control dial to 4and the temperature control lever to the fullHOT position.

I When the button is pushed, the airconditioner will automatically be turned onto defog the windshield, and the air recircu-late mode will automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

4-4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 110: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Bi-level heating

This mode directs outside air from the side andcenter vents and hot air from the floor outlets.

1. Push the air recirculation button to the OFFposition.

2. Push the button in.

3. Turn on the fan control dial.

4. Normally move the temperature control le-ver to the midpoint between HOT andCOLD.

Heating and defogging

This mode heats the interior and defogs thewindshield.

1. Push the button in.

2. Turn on the fan control dial.

3. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position between the middle andthe HOT position.

Operating tips

I Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and air inlet in front of the wind-shield. This will improve heater opera-tion.

I When the button is pushed, the air

recirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION

Start the engine, move the fan control dial tothe desired (1 to 4) position and push in the airconditioning button to activate the air condi-tioner. When the air conditioner is on, coolingand dehumidifying functions will be added tothe heater operation.

Cooling

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify.

1. Push the air recirculation button to the OFFposition.

2. Push the button in.

3. Turn on the fan control dial.

4. Push on the air conditioning button. Theindicator light will come on.

5. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position.

For quick cooling when the outside tempera-ture is high, move the air recirculation button tothe ON position. Be sure to return the air

recirculation button to the OFF position fornormal cooling.

Dehumidified heating

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify.

1. Push the air recirculation button to the OFFposition.

2. Push the button in.

3. Turn on the fan control dial.

4. Push on the air conditioning button. Theindicator light will come on.

5. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position.

Dehumidified defogging

This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify.

1. Push the button in.

2. Turn on the fan control dial.

3. Push on the air conditioning button. Theindicator light will come on.

4. Move the temperature control lever to thedesired position.

When the button is pushed, the air con-ditioner will automatically be turned on to de-

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 111: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

fog the windshield, and the air recirculatemode will automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passenger com-partment to improve the defogging perfor-mance.

Operating tips

I Keep the windows and sun roof closedwhile the air conditioner is in operation.

I After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3minutes with the windows open to vent hotair from the passenger compartment. Then,close the windows. This will allow the airconditioner to cool the interior more quickly.

I The air conditioning system should beoperated for about 10 minutes at leastonce a month. This helps prevent dam-age to the system due to lack of lubrica-tion.

I If the coolant temperature gauge exceedsthe HOT position, turn the air conditioningoff. For additional information, see “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

AIR FLOW CHARTS

The charts on the following pages show thebutton and lever positions for maximum and

quick heating, cooling or defrosting.

The air recirculation button should be inthe OFF position for normal cooling, heat-ing and defrosting.

4-6 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 112: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SAA0469 SAA0470

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 113: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SAA0471 SAA0472

4-8 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 114: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine is run-

ning.

I Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.

On hot, sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly be-come high enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

I Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

I Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)

This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow distribu-tion and fan speed are also controlled auto-matically.

SAA0544

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic) (if so equipped)

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 115: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Turn the temperature set dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

I Adjust the temperature set dial to about75°F (24°C) for normal operation.

I The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

Heating (ECON)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the ECON (Economy) button on.(ECON will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature set dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

I The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

I Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

I Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defogging

1. Push the DEF button on. (The indica-tor light on the button will come on.)

2. Turn the temperature set dial to the left orright to set the desired temperature.

I To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the manual fan controlbutton and set to the maximum posi-tion .

I As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the AUTO button to return tothe auto mode.

I When the DEF button is pushed, theair conditioner will automatically be turnedon at outside temperatures above 23°F(−5°C) to defog the windshield, and the airrecirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. The indi-cator light on the switch will come on.

Push it again to make the air inlet controlledautomatically (FRESH, REC/FRE andRECIRCULATION). The indicator will go out.

The air recirculation button will not be acti-vated when the air conditioner is in DEF mode.

Air flow control

Pushing the manual air flow control buttonselects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn the system off

Push the OFF button.

4-10 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 116: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this is nota malfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, the air flow from the foot outlets willoperate normally.

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature; do not putanything on or around this sensor.

VENTILATION AIR FILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped with aventilation air filter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual. To replace the filter,contact your NISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog

up easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

HA1011

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 117: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The air conditioning system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind. This refrigerantwill not harm the earth’s ozone layer. How-ever, special charging equipment and lubricantare required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lu-bricants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. See “Capacities and rec-ommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section for air con-ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant rec-ommendations.

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with proper equip-ment.

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. If youlisten to the radio with the engine not running,the key should be turned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance radioreception. These circuits are designed to ex-tend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of both FM and AM radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a moving ve-hicle, even when the finest equipment is used.These characteristics are completely normal ina given reception area, and do not indicate anymalfunction in your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because of themovement, reception conditions will constantly

change. Buildings, terrain, signal distance andinterference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described below aresome of the factors that can affect your radioreception.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM

4-12 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 118: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may some-times interfere with FM station reception evenif the FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter and re-ceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path,exhibiting many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away

from a station transmitter, the signals will tendto fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with increaseddistance from the station transmitter, static orflutter can be heard. This can be reduced byadjusting the treble control counterclockwiseto reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for sev-eral seconds during ionospheric turbulenceeven in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

power lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

AUDIO OPERATIONPRECAUTIONS

Cassette player

I To maintain good quality sound,NISSAN recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length.

I Cassette tapes should be removed fromthe player when not in use. Store cas-settes in their protective cases and awayfrom direct sunlight, heat, dust, mois-ture and magnetic sources.

I Direct sunlight can cause the cassette tobecome deformed. The use of deformedcassettes may cause the cassette to jamin the player.

I Do not use cassettes with labels whichare peeling and loose. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

I If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassette hubsand rewind the tape firmly around thehubs. Loose tape may cause tape jam-ming and wavering sound quality.

I Over a period of time, the playback

SAA0306

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 119: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

head, capstan and pinch roller may col-lect a tape coating residue as the tape isplayed. This residue accumulation cancause weak or wavering sound, andshould be removed periodically with ahead cleaning tape. If the residue is notremoved periodically, the player mayneed to be disassembled for cleaning.

Compact Disc (CD) player

I Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

I During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CD anddehumidify or ventilate the player com-pletely.

I The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

I The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment temperatureis extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

I Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

I CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

I Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunction.

I 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

I Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

I Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

I CDs that are not round

I CDs with a paper label

I CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

SAA0480

4-14 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 120: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1. CD LOAD button (Type B only)

2. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACKCHANGE button

3. CD play button

4. TAPE play button

5. FM/AM band select button

6. TAPE EJECT button

7. CD EJECT button

8. SCAN tuning button

9. ON⋅OFF/VOLUME control knob

10. AUTOP (Automatic preset) button

11. Station and preset (FM/AM)/CD insert orCD play (Type B only) select button

12. RADIO TUNE/FF⋅REW/AUDIO (Bass,treble, fader, and balance, (SCV and NR(Dolby) — Type B only)) ADJUSTINGbutton

13. AUDIO (BASS, TREBLE, FADER, andBALANCE, (SCV and NR (Dolby) — TypeB only)) button

14. RPT (repeat) play button

15. DOLBY button (Type A only)PTY button (Type B only)

SAA0550

SAA0551

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 121: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FM-AM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER AND COMPACT DISC(CD) PLAYER/CD CHANGER

Audio main operation

Head unit:

The radio has an FM diversity reception sys-tem, which employs two antennas printed onthe rear window. This system automaticallyswitches to the antenna which is receiving lessinterference.

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction of highfrequency ranges. Noise is also greatly re-duced by the combined use of the Dolby NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency range au-tomatically in both radio reception and tapeand CD playback.

ON⋅OFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob while thesystem is off to call up the mode (radio, tape orCD) which was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off. When no CD or tape isloaded, the radio will come on. While thesystem is on, pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL con-trol knob turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press the ON⋅OFF/VOLcontrol knob.

Turn the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob to adjustthe volume.

This vehicle has Speed sensitive ControlVolume (SCV) for audio (type B only) . Theaudio volume changes as the driving speedchanges.

AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE, FADER,BALANCE, (SCV and NR (Dolby) — type Bonly)):

Press the AUDIO button to change the select-ing mode as follows.

BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE,SCV (type B only) , NR (when cassetteplaying — type B only) , BASS

To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Balance,press the AUDIO button until the desired modeBASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE ap-pears in the display. Press the TUNE ( )or ( ) button to adjust Bass and Treble tothe desired level. Use the or buttonalso to adjust Fader or Balance modes. Faderadjusts the sound level between the front andrear speakers and Balance adjusts the soundbetween the right and left speakers.

To change the SCV mode to OFF, LOW, MID

or HIGH, press the or (TUNE) but-ton (type B only).

To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF orON, press the or (TUNE) buttonwhile cassette tape is playing. When Dolby isON, the display indicates the mark.

After 10 seconds, the radio, cassette tape orCD display reappears. Once the sound qualityis set to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio, cassette tapeor CD display appears.

FM-AM radio operation

FM/AM band select:

Pushing the FM/AM band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM , FM1 , FM2 , AM

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON, thecompact disc or tape will automatically be

4-16 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 122: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

turned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio will automaticallychange from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either of theTUNE buttons down for more than 0.5 sec-onds.

SEEK tuning:

Push the SEEK button or , to tunefrom high to low or low to high frequencies andstops at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the

button again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2) and six stations canbe set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

2. Select the desired station and keep pushingany of the desired station memory buttons(1 to 6) until a beep sound is heard. (Theradio mutes when the select button ispushed.)

3. The indicator ch2 will then come on and thesound will resume. Memorizing is now com-plete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

(Automatic preset) button:

To select the preset FM, AM or PTY station(type B only), push the AUTOP button for lessthan 1.5 seconds.

To preset the FM, AM or PTY station, push theAUTOP button for more than 1.5 seconds.

Program type — type B only:

When PTY button is pressed during FM mode,the PTY name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. During this time if the PTY datacode is zero, or the data is unreadable; thedisplay will show NONE.

1. PTY selection mode

PTY name selection can be done by theup/down TUNE button or in thePTY selection mode.

It is possible to shift the PTY name by onestep, with one push of the up/down tuningbutton or .

PTY name selection can also be achieved bypressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY names are stored in the presetbuttons; but these can be changed by pressingthe preset buttons for more than 1.5 secondswhen the desired PTY name is in the display.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 123: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

2. PTY SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY name, push theSEEK button or within 10 sec-onds. Tuning to the PTY station will start. Ifyou do not push the SEEK button within the10 second period, the PTY mode will becanceled.

3. PTY SCAN tuning mode

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune thePTY name station, and stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the

button again during this 5 second period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station. If the SCAN tuningbutton is not pushed within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Cassette tape player operation

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tapedoor. The cassette tape will be automaticallypulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and thecassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause player dam-age.

If the system is turned off by pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

PLAY:

I When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, the

system will come on and the tape will play.

I When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact disc turned onand the tape loaded, the compact disc orthe radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

I When the TAPE button is pushed with theTAPE playing, the tape will play the pro-gram recorded on the reverse side.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the right side of thedisplay window. To stop the FF or REW func-tion, press the (fast forward) or (re-wind) again, or the TAPE button.

APS (AutomaticProgram Search) FF,APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the tape is being played, the next pro-gram will start to play from the beginning. Pushthe (APS FF) button several times to skipthrough programs. The tape will advance thenumber of times the button is pushed (up tonine programs).

4-18 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 124: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When the (APS REW) button is pushedonce, the program being played starts overfrom the beginning. Push the (APSREW) button several times to skip back sev-eral selections. The tape will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed. Eitherthe FF or REW symbol flashes on the rightside of the display window while searching forthe selection.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button while playingtape, and it stops at the next tape program for5 seconds. Pushing the button again duringthis 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning andthe tape program is continued. If the SCANtuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next tape program.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction) (TypeA only):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator will come on.Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li-

cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor-poration. Dolby NR and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:The cassette player will be automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) player operation(Type A)

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand insert the compact disc into the slot withthe label side facing up. The compact disc willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact disc willplay.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

8 cm diameter compact discs can also be usedwithout an adapter.

PLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the compact disc loaded, the systemwill turn on and the compact disc will start toplay.

When the CD button is pushed with the com-pact disc loaded but the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically beturned off and the compact disc will start toplay.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will play while

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 125: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

fast forwarding or rewinding. When the buttonis released, the compact disc will return tonormal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the compact disc is being played, theprogram next to the present one will start toplay from its beginning. Push several times toskip through programs. The compact disc willadvance the number of times the button ispushed. (When the last program on the com-pact disc is skipped through, the first programwill be played.) When the (APS REW)button is pushed, the program being playedreturns to its beginning. Push several times toskip back through programs. The compact discwill go back the number of times the button ispushed.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button while playingCD, and it stops the CD program for 5 sec-onds. Pushing the button again during this 5second period will stop SCAN tuning and theCD program is continued. If the SCAN tuningbutton is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCANtuning moves to the next CD program.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT play button is pushed while thecompact disc is being played, the play patterncan be changed as follows:

1 CD RPT ↓1 CD MIX ← 1 TR (Track) RPT

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc willcome out and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it. (except 8 cm diameter com-pact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation (Type B)

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand insert the compact disc into the slot withthe label side facing up. The compact disc will

be guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact disc willplay.

4-20 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 126: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

8 cm diameter compact discs can also be usedwithout an adapter.

button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading slot by pushing the CD insert selectbutton (1 to 6), then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push theLOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

PLAY:

When the CD6 button is pushed with thesystem off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the CD6 button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded with the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically beturned off and the compact disc will start toplay.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will play whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the buttonis released, the compact disc will return tonormal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the compact disc is being played, theprogram next to the present one will start toplay from its beginning. Push several times toskip through programs. The compact disc willadvance the number of times the button ispushed. (When the last program on the com-pact disc is skipped through, the first programwill be played.) When the (APS REW)button is pushed, the program being playedreturns to its beginning. Push several times toskip back through programs. The compact discwill go back the number of times the button ispushed.

CD PLAY button:

To change CD, push the CD play select button(1 to 6).

SCAN tuning:

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the CD programs ineach track will be played for 10 seconds insequence.

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the first program in all the CDs will beplayed for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10 sec-ond period will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextdisc program.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 127: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

DISPLAY CD TEXT:

To indicate the CD mode text, push the PTYbutton during CD playing.

To change the indicated text, push the PTYbutton.

The text will change as follows:

If the text is more than 10 letters, push theAUTOP button to display the remaining text.(Type B only)

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the discs selected by the EJECTbutton, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT buttonfor more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc willcome out and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is not

removed, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it. (except 8 cm diameter com-pact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.

4-22 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 128: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FM-AM RADIO WITH CASSETTEPLAYER — for navigation systemequipped models

Refer to the separate Owner’s Manual forinformation about the navigation system.

Audio main operation

ON⋅OFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, then pushthe ON⋅OFF/Volume control dial. The mode(radio or cassette) which was playing immedi-ately before the system was turned off re-sumes playing. When no cassette is loaded,

the radio comes on. Pushing theON⋅OFF/Volume control dial again turns thesystem off.

Turn the ON⋅OFF/Volume control dial to adjustthe volume.

This vehicle has Speed sensitive Control Vol-ume (SCV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE, FADER,BALANCE, SCV):

Press the AUDIO button to change the select-ing mode as follows:

BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE,SCV , BASS

To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, pressthe AUDIO button until the desired modeBASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE ap-pears in the display.

Press the or button to adjust Bassand Treble to the desired level. Use the

or button to adjust Fader or Bal-ance modes. Fader adjusts the sound levelbetween the front and rear speakers and Bal-ance adjusts the sound level between the rightand left speakers.

To change the SCV mode to OFF, LOW, MIDor HIGH, press the or (TUNE) but-ton.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

Radio/Cassette tape priority mode

In this mode, the radio station illuminates in the

SAA0546

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 129: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

display during radio operation. During cassettetape operation, TAPE illuminates in the dis-play.

FM-AM radio operation

FM-AM band select:

Pushing the FM-AM band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM , AM (preset station) , FM1 , FM2 ,FM (preset station) , AM

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON, thecompact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator, ST illuminates duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio automaticallychanges from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either of theTUNE buttons down for more than 0.5 sec-onds.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button and SCAN willilluminate in the display window. SCAN tuningbegins from high to low or low to high frequen-cies and stops at each broadcasting station for5 seconds. Pushing the button again duringthis 5 second period stops SCAN tuning andthe radio remains tuned to that station.

If any of the SEEK/SCAN tuning buttons arenot pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuningmoves to the next station.

Station memory (and preset) operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2) and six stations can

be set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using the SCANor TUNE buttons.

2. Select the desired station and keep pushingany of the desired station memory buttons(1 to 6) until a beep sound is heard. Theradio mutes when the select button ispushed.)

3. The indicator ch2 will come on and thesound will resume. Memorizing is now com-plete.

4. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Program type:

When PTY button is pressed during FM mode,the PTY name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. During this time if the PTY datacode is zero, or the data is unreadable; thedisplay will show NONE.

1. PTY selection mode

PTY name selection can be done by theup/down TUNE button or in thePTY selection mode.

4-24 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 130: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

It is possible to shift the PTY name by onestep, with one push of the up/down tuningbutton or .

PTY name selection can also be achieved bypressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY names are stored in the presetbuttons; but these can be changed by pressingthe preset buttons for more than 1.5 secondswhen the desired PTY name is in the display.

2. PTY SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY name, push theTUNE button or within 10 sec-onds. Tuning to the PTY station will start. Ifyou do not push the TUNE button within the10 second period, the PTY mode will becanceled.

3. PTY SCAN tuning mode

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune thePTY name station, and stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station. If the SCAN tuningbutton is not pushed within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Cassette tape player operation

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, thencarefully insert a cassette tape into the tapedoor.

The cassette tape automatically pulls into theplayer. The word TAPE and moving digitalsquares illuminate on the right side of thedisplay window.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause player dam-age.

The cassette tape automatically changes di-rections to play the other side when the firstside is complete. At this time, the movingdigital squares illuminate on the left side of thedisplay window.

PLAY:

When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with theradio turned on and the tape loaded, the radiowill automatically be turned off and the tapewill play.

If the TAPE/CD button is pushed during eitherthe FF, REW, APS FF or APS REW function,the cassette tape enters the normal playmode.

When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with theCD playing, the tape will play.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 131: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FF (fast forward), REW(rewind):

Push either the FF or REW button for thedesired direction.

The FF or REW symbol illuminates in thedisplay.

To stop the FF or REW function, press the FFor REW button again, or the TAPE/CD button.

APS (automatic programsearch) FF, APS REW:

Push either the APS FF or APS REW buttonwhile the cassette tape is playing. The taperuns quickly, stops, then plays the next selec-tion. Either the FF or REW symbol flashes inthe display while searching for the selection.

This system searches at the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one selection or there is no intervalbetween selections, the system may not stopin the desired or expected location.

PROG (program):

Push the PROG button. The moving digitalsquares illuminate on either the right or leftside of the display window to indicate the sideof program play.

If the PROG button is pushed during either the

FF or REW function the tape enters the normalplay mode.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator light comes on.

Dolby NR is manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player is automatically set to highperformance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

Push the EJECT button. The cassette tapeautomatically comes out.

Compact disc (CD) player/changeroperation

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON posi-tion.

To play the CD, push the TAPE/CD buttonafter loading the disc.

If the disc loaded, the number of discs and

tracks will appear on the display.

If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the CD into the slot. Thiscould damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL controlknob will start the CD.

8 cm diameter CD can also be used without anadapter.

PLAY:

I When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe CD loaded in the player or CD au-tochanger (if so equipped):

a) If the TAPE player (if cassette tape isinserted) is turn on, the mode (CDplayer or CD autochanger) will turn on.

b) If the CD player turns on, the CD playerwill automatically be turned off and theCD autochanger will turn on.

c) If the CD autochanger turns on, the CDautochanger will automatically be turned

4-26 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 132: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

off and the TAPE player will turn on.

I When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe CD loaded in only the CD autochanger,the CD autochanger will turn on.

I When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withno disc in either the player or CD au-tochanger, the TAPE player will change thetape side.

DISC change:

Use these buttons for selecting the compactdisc inserted into the CD magazine.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding or re-winding. When the button is released, the CDwill return to normal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the CD is being played, the program nextto the present one will start to play from itsbeginning. Push several times to skip throughprograms. The CD will advance the number oftimes the button is pushed. (When the lastprogram on the CD is skipped through, the first

program will be played.) When the (APSREW) button is pushed, the program beingplayed returns to its beginning. Push severaltimes to skip back through programs. The CDdisc will go back the number of times thebutton is pushed.

PROG (Program):

When the PROG button is pushed while theCD is being played, the play pattern willchange as follows:

ALL , 1 , RANDOM , OFF , ALL

ALL: All the programs will be played repeat-edly in sequence.

1: Only one program (the one being playedwhen the PROG button is pushed) will berepeated.

RANDOM: Programs will be played at random,not following the sequence on the CD. Tochange the one disc random or all disc ran-dom, push the PROG button for a second. Thesame program may be repeated twice.

When the CD is ejected, the play patternwill automatically change to all.

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protect it.(except 8 cm diameter compact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 133: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CD CARE AND CLEANING

I Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

I Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

I To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

I A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges us-ing the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIOCONTROL

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

MODE select switch

Push the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2, CDand CD autochanger (if so equipped) andTape.

Volume control switches

Push the upper or lower side switch to in-crease or decrease the volume.

Tuning

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for lessthan 1.5 seconds to change the radio fre-quency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previousradio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (tape/CD or CD changer):

Push the tuning switch or for less1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skipthrough programs.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FF REW (tape or CD changer):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to rewind or fast forward thetape or to change the playing disc up or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press the

SAA0451 SAA0545

4-28 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 134: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

or button for more than 1.5 sec-onds again.

ANTENNA

Window antenna

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

I Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach any metalparts to it. This may cause poor re-ception or noise.

I When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

COMPACT DISC (CD)AUTOCHANGER (if so equipped)

CD magazine

Insert the CD magazine into the changer withthe label side facing up, as illustrated. Closethe sliding lid of the CD autochanger.

When ejecting the CD magazine, press theEJECT button located inside the CD

autochanger.Disc loading

I Pull the disc holder from the magazine andturn over the magazine.

I Insert the CD with label side facing up thenpush the disc holder into the magazine.

SAA0412

SAA0396

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-29

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 135: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Disc removal

I Pull the * marked area with your fingers.

I Use your fingertips to grasp the center partof the disc and remove the disc.

CAUTION

I Do not touch the playing surface ofthe disc.

I Do not use 8 cm discs. They maycause player damage even if usingwith the optional adapter.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phonein your NISSAN, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Engine control sys-tem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

I A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular telephones while driving.

I If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

I If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

I Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the Engine Control Module(ECM).

I Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the Multiport FuelInjection harness. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

I Adjust the antenna standing-wave ra-tio as recommended by the manufac-turer.

I Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

I For details, consult an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

4-30 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 136: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving...................... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).......................... 5-2Three way catalyst ............................................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-3Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving....................... 5-4

Ignition switch............................................................ 5-4Automatic transmission ........................................ 5-4Manual transmission ............................................ 5-5Key positions ........................................................ 5-6Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System .................... 5-6

Before starting the engine......................................... 5-7Starting the engine.................................................... 5-7Driving the vehicle..................................................... 5-8

Automatic transmission ........................................ 5-8Manual transmission .......................................... 5-11

Parking brake .......................................................... 5-12Cruise control .......................................................... 5-13

Precautions on cruise control............................. 5-13Cruise control operations ................................... 5-14

Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-15Increasing fuel economy ......................................... 5-15Parking/parking on hills ........................................... 5-16Power steering ........................................................ 5-17Brake system .......................................................... 5-18

Braking precautions............................................ 5-18Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ........................... 5-18

Traction control system (if so equipped)................. 5-19Cold weather driving ............................................... 5-20

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-20Anti-freeze .......................................................... 5-20Battery ................................................................ 5-20Draining of coolant water ................................... 5-20Tire equipment ................................................... 5-20Special winter equipment ................................... 5-21Driving on snow or ice ....................................... 5-21Engine block heater (if so equipped) ................. 5-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 137: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Do not leave children, impairedadults, or pets alone in your vehicle.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

I Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked with thetrunk closed when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

I If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

I Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

I Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

I Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, follow these precau-tions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switchOFF and the fan control at 4 (high)to circulate the air.

I If electrical wiring or other cable con-

nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

I If a special body or other equipmentis added for recreational or other us-age, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.(Some recreational vehicle appli-ances such as stoves, refrigerator,heaters, etc. may also generate car-bon monoxide.)

I The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 138: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYST

The three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the converter are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

I The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

I Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

I Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously re-duce the three way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

I Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into the three way cata-lyst, causing it to overheat. Do notkeep driving if the engine misfires, orif noticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

I Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three way catalyst.

I Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

I Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of con-trol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat Belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section. Alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Starting and driving 5-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 139: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgment. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likeli-hood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in the accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of alcohol.Every year thousands of people are injured orkilled in alcohol related accidents. Althoughthe local laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if

your ability to operate your vehicle is impairedby alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

On automatic transmission models, the igni-tion lock is designed so that the key cannot beturned to LOCK and removed until the selectorlever is moved to the P (Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park)position, the key cannot be moved towardLOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward the

SSD0083

IGNITION SWITCH

5-4 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 140: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

LOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,the selector lever cannot be moved from P(Park) position. The selector lever can bemoved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show on thelock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn counter-clockwise from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

LOCK Normal parking position (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

On manual transmission models, to turn theignition key to LOCK from ACC or ON, first turnthe key to OFF and turn the key to LOCK whilepushing the key in.In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

SSD0082C

Starting and driving 5-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 141: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor, start-ing the engine.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use of

the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, it maybe due to interference caused by anotherNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or automated pay-ment device on the key ring. Restart the en-gine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 sec-onds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Nissan Ve-hicle Immobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the registeredNissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

5-6 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 142: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

I Maintenance items should be checked pe-riodically, e.g., each time you check engineoil.

I Check that all windows and lights are clean.

I Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also, check tires for properinflation.

I Lock all doors.

I Position seat and adjust head restraints.

I Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

I Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

I Check the operation of warning lights whenkey is turned to the ON (3) position.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission:

Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate if theselector lever is in one of the driving posi-tions.

Manual transmission:

Move the shift lever to N (Neutral) position,and depress the clutch pedal to the floorwhile cranking the engine.

The starter is designed not to operate un-less the clutch pedal is fully depressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

I If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold or hot weather, de-press the accelerator pedal and hold itto help start the engine.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Starting and driving 5-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 143: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Gate type shift

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmission con-trol module to produce maximum power andsmooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this trans-mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal before shifting the selector lever tothe R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive), 3, 2 or1 position. Be sure the vehicle is fully stoppedbefore attempting to shift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal must bedepressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignition switchis ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turnedto the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andshift into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

I Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P or N to R, D ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have an acci-dent.

I Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

I On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

I Never shift to P or R while vehicle ismoving. This could cause an acci-dent.

I If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P position while the engine

is running and the brake pedal isdepressed, the stoplights may notwork. Malfunctioning stoplightscould cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrakes should be used for this purpose.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

5-8 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 144: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or any of thedesired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedly

or roll away and result in serious per-sonal injury and/or property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the keycannot be turned to LOCK and be removedfrom the ignition switch. Additionally, the se-lector lever cannot be moved to P (Park) fromN (Neutral) or any D (Drive) position. Theselector lever can be moved from R (Reverse)to P (Park) with the key in the OFF or ACCposition.If the key cannot be turned to LOCK, performthe following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Turn the key to ON while depressing thefoot brake pedal.

3. Move the selector lever to P (Park).

4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove thekey.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brake

pedal must be depressed to move the se-lector lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the lever to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped when select-ing R (Reverse). The brake pedal must bedepressed to move the selector lever fromP (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position toR (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

SSD0231

Starting and driving 5-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 145: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

3 (Third gear):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

2 (Second gear):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

Do not exceed 68 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2(Second gear) position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

Do not exceed 37 MPH (60 km/h) in the 1 (Lowgear) position.

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselect lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed.

To move the select lever, depress the brakepedal, and push the shift lock release button.The select lever can be moved to N (Neutral).This allows the vehicle to be moved if thebattery is discharged.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have your NISSAN dealer check the automatictransmission system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P position while the engine isrunning and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may not work.Malfunctioning stop lights could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For rapid passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into second gear or firstgear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, the

light will blink for approximately 8 sec-onds after coming on for 2 seconds. While thevehicle can be driven under these circum-stances please note that the automatic trans-mission will be locked in third gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe

SSD0232

5-10 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 146: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

system may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignition keyOFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn thekey back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operating con-dition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have your NISSANdealer check the transmission and repair ifnecessary.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Shifting

To change gears, or when up shifting or downshifting fully depress the clutch pedal, shift intothe appropriate gear then slowly and smoothlyrelease the clutch.

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd,3rd, 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequenceaccording to the vehicle speed.

To back up, stop the vehicle and shift the leverinto the N position, and then pull the ringupward to shift into the R position.

The pull ring returns to its original positionwhen the shift lever is moved to the N position.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1 (Low gear), shift into N (Neu-tral), then release the clutch pedal and shiftinto R (Reverse) or 1 (Low gear) again.

WARNING

I Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of con-trol.

I Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

CAUTION

I Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This may damagethe clutch.

I Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

SSD0233

Starting and driving 5-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 147: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I When the vehicle is stopped for aperiod of time, for example at a stoplight, shift to N (Neutral) and releasethe clutch pedal with the foot brakeapplied.

Suggested up-shift speeds

Shown below are suggested vehicle speedsfor shifting into a higher gear. These sugges-tions relate to fuel economy and vehicle per-formance. Actual up-shift speeds will vary ac-cording to road conditions, the weather andindividual driving habits.

For normal acceleration in low altitude areas[less than 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]:

Gear changeACCEL shift

pointMPH (km/h)

CRUISE shiftpoint

MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 13 (21) 13 (21)2nd to 3rd 23 (37) 16 (26)3rd to 4th 33 (53) 27 (43)4th to 5th 39 (63) 36 (58)5th to 6th 50 (80) 50 (80)

For quick acceleration when the engine is coldor in high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219m)]:

Gear change MPH (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (64)4th to 5th 45 (72)5th to 6th 50 (80)

Suggested maximum speed in eachgear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level roaddriving, use the highest gear suggested forthat speed. Always observe posted speedlimits, and drive according to the road condi-tions, which will ensure safe operation. Do notover-rev the engine when shifting to a lowergear as it may cause engine damage or loss ofvehicle control.

Gear MPH (km/h)1st 30 (48)2nd 55 (88)3rd 80 (128)4th —5th —6th —

To apply: pull the lever up.

To release:

1. Firmly apply foot brake.

2. Automatic transmission models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

3. While pulling up on the lever slightly, pushthe button and lower completely.

SSD0018

PARKING BRAKE

5-12 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 148: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING

I Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

I Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

I Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

I Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

I it is not possible to keep the vehicleat a set speed.

I in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

I on winding or hilly roads.

I on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

I in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On manual transmission models, do notshift into N (Neutral) without depressingthe clutch pedal when the cruise controlis set. Should this occur, depress theclutch pedal and turn the main switch offimmediately. Failure to do so may cause

engine damage.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

I If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight on the meter panel then blinks to warnthe driver.

I If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your NISSAN dealer.

I The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control main switch is turned onwhile pushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located on thesteering wheel). To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the precedingsteps in the order indicated.

CRUISE CONTROL

Starting and driving 5-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 149: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light on themeter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

I To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

I The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow either ofthese three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

I If you depress the brake pedal while push-ing the RES/ACCEL set switch and reset atthe cruising speed, turn the main switch offonce and then turn it on again.

I The cruise control will automatically be can-celled if the vehicle slows down belowapproximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

I Depress the clutch pedal (manual transmis-sion), or move the selector lever to N (Neu-tral) position (automatic transmission). TheSET indicator light will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCELset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when

SSD0193

5-14 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 150: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km), followthese recommendations for the future reliabil-ity and economy of your new vehicle.

I Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow.

I Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

I Avoid quick starts.

I Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

I Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

I Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

I Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed will lower fueleconomy.

I Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.

I Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

I Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

SD1001M

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

Starting and driving 5-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 151: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Keep your engine tuned up.

I Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

I Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Low pressure will increase tire wearand waste fuel.

I Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment will cause not only tirewear but also lower fuel economy.

I Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

I When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.

WARNING

I Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

I Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

I Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse)position. When parking on an uphill grade,place the shift lever in the 1 (Low gear)position.

MSD0002

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

5-16 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 152: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) forautomatic transmission models or inan appropriate gear for manual trans-mission models. Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to move un-expectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

I Make sure the automatic transmis-sion selector lever has been pushedas far forward as it can go and cannotbe moved without depressing thebutton at the end of the lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

I HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: q1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

I HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: q2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

I HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: q3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from thecenter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, you willstill have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns or at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

POWER STEERING

Starting and driving 5-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 153: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by using en-gine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stopthe vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.However, greater foot pressure on the brakepedal will be required to stop the vehicle andthe stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This overheats the brakes, in-creases wear on the brake linings and pads,and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could resultin loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

I While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

I If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brake fluidpressure to prevent each wheel from lockingand sliding. By preventing wheel lockup, the

system helps the driver maintain steering con-trol and helps to minimize swerving and spin-ning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds willvary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuator(under the hood) rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakesvery quickly). While the actuator is working,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from the actuatorunder the hood. This is normal and indicatesthat the anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that road

BRAKE SYSTEM

5-18 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 154: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

conditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. The com-puter has a built-in diagnostic feature that teststhe system each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABSwarning light in the dashboard. The brakesystem will then behave normally, but withoutanti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your NISSAN dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-

cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during brakingon slippery surfaces, but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-lock sys-tem. Stopping distances may also belonger on rough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the responsibility for safety of self andothers rests in the hands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

I When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

I When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. See “Ve-hicle identification” in the “10. Tech-nical and consumer information” sec-tion for tire placard location.

On slippery surfaces such as wet asphaltroads, vehicle wheels may spin when thevehicle is accelerated. This wheel spin re-duces acceleration, or causes the vehicle toswerve, thus decreasing vehicle stability.

The traction control system helps limit wheelspin on slippery roads. The system operatesonly if it senses one or both of the front wheelsspinning or beginning to lose traction. Whenthis happens, the system reduces enginepower and may also upshift the transmissionto help limit wheel spin.

I Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the traction con-trol system, the SLIP and indicatorlights come on in the meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled. Thevehicle will behaves like a model withoutthe traction control system.

CAUTION

I The traction control system is mosteffective when the transmission gearselector is in the D position.

I If you drive in gear 1 or 2 with the TCS

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

Starting and driving 5-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 155: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

on, this could cause the three waycatalyst to overheat and be damaged.To avoid this, the TCS will automati-cally turn off. Shifting the gear selec-tor to D will reactivate the TCS.

WARNING

This system is designed to prevent thewheels from spinning. However, it doesnot prevent vehicle slipping or spinningdue to abrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Be especially care-ful when driving on slippery surfacesand always drive safely.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), checkanti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.For additional information, see “Engine Cool-ing System” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain valves located under the radiatorand on the engine block. Refill before operat-ing the vehicle. See “Engine cooling system” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

for changing engine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSANrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your NISSAN dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some prov-inces and states prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before in-stalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useof tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tire

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

5-20 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 156: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

chains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are in-stalled according to the chain manufactur-er’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class Schains. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to pre-vent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or underbody. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

I a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

I a sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

I a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

I extra window washer fluid to refill the res-ervoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

I Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave a lot less traction or grip underthese conditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

I Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

I Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

I Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

I Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake whileactually on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

I Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

I Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-

Starting and driving 5-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 157: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

5-22 Starting and driving

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 158: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

6 In case of emergency

Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-2Changing a flat tire ............................................... 6-2

Jump starting............................................................. 6-6Push starting ............................................................. 6-8

If your vehicle overheats........................................... 6-9Towing your vehicle ................................................ 6-10

Towing recommended by NISSAN .................... 6-10Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 159: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the manual transmis-sion into R (Reverse) position (automatictransmission in P (Park) position).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

I Make sure that the parking brake issecurely applied and the manualtransmission is shifted into R (Re-

verse), or the automatic transmissioninto P (Park).

I Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

I Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and could cause personalinjury.

MCE0001

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 160: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Getting the spare tire and tools

Remove jacking tools and spare tire from thestorage area located inside the trunk as illus-trated.

Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack uppoint. Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

SCE0299 SCE0288

CE1089

In case of emergency 6-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 161: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The jack should be used on level firmground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle, se-curely hold the jack lever and rod with bothhands as shown above. Remove the wheelnuts, and then remove the tire.

WARNING

I Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack.

I Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles.The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

I Use the correct jack up points; neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

I Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

I Never use blocks on or under thejack.

I Do not start or run engine while ve-hicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slid dif-ferential carriers.

I Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

CE1092

6-4 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 162: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Installing the spare tire

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated.

WARNING

I Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

I Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

As soon as possible tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N ⋅m)

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the center console lid.

WARNING

Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

SCE0039

In case of emergency 6-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 163: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Stowing the damaged tire and tools

Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING

I Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

I The T-type spare tire and small size

spare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See “Wheels and tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

I If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

I Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

I Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, cloth orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

I Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

SCE0040

JUMP STARTING

6-6 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 164: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

I Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

I Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

I Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever to

the N (Neutral) position (On automatictransmission models, move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position). Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated.

SCE0154A

In case of emergency 6-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 165: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, etc. — not to the battery).

I Make sure that cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compart-ment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your engine inthe normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the posi-tive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Do not start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

I Automatic transmission models can-not be push started. This may causetransmission damage.

I Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

I Never try to start the vehicle by tow-ing it; when the engine starts, theforward surge could cause the ve-hicle to collide with the tow vehicle.

PUSH STARTING

6-8 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 166: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

I Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

I To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When the radia-tor cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

I Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift leverto the N (Neutral) position (automatic trans-mission to the P (Park) position).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open allthe windows, move the heater or air condi-

tioner temperature control to maximum hotand fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. Wait until nosteam or coolant can be seen before pro-ceeding.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.The radiator hoses and radiator should notleak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

I Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come into

contact with, or to get caught in thecooling fan, or drive belt.

I The engine cooling fan can start atany time when the coolant tempera-ture is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle re-paired at the nearest NISSAN dealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

In case of emergency 6-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 167: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincialin Canada) and local regulations for towingmust be followed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing instruc-tions are available from an authorized NISSANdealer. Local service operators are generallyfamiliar with the applicable laws and proce-dures for towing. To assure proper towing andto prevent accidental damage to your vehicle,NISSAN recommends having a service opera-tor tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have theservice operator carefully read the followingprecautions.

WARNING

I Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

I Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

I When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering system

and powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

I Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truckas illustrated.

SCE0202

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

6-10 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 168: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the front wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward) as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the frontwheels.

I When towing automatic transmissionmodels with the front wheels on tow-ing dollies, or when towing manualtransmission models with the frontwheels on the ground:

I Turn the ignition key to the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight ahead positionwith a rope or similar device.Never secure the steering wheelby turning the ignition key to theLOCK position. This may damagethe steering lock mechanism.

I Move the gearshift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

I When towing automatic or manual

transmission models with the rearwheels on the ground (if you do notuse towing dollies): Always releasethe parking brake.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

I Tow chains or cables must be attached onlyto the main structural members of the ve-hicle.

I Pulling devices should be routed so they donot touch any part of the suspension, steer-ing, brake or cooling systems.

I Always pull the cable straight out from thefront or rear of the vehicle. Never pull on thevehicle at an angle.

I Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

I Stand clear of an stuck vehicle.SCE0199

In case of emergency 6-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 169: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and be dam-aged.

6-12 In case of emergency

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 170: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ....................................................... 7-2Washing................................................................ 7-2Waxing.................................................................. 7-2Removing spots.................................................... 7-3Underbody ............................................................ 7-3Glass .................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels......................................... 7-4Chrome parts........................................................ 7-4

Cleaning interior ........................................................ 7-4

Floor mats ............................................................ 7-4Seat belts ............................................................. 7-5

Corrosion protection.................................................. 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion............................................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion............................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ................ 7-6

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 171: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

In the following cases, please wash your ve-hicle as soon as possible to protect the paintsurface.

I After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

I After driving on coastal roads

I When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

I When dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soapsuch as Nissan Car Wash, or a general pur-pose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

I Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasolineor solvents.

I Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

I Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so that the paint surface isnot scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Afterwaxing, polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance.

If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a wax

MAI0001

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 172: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

specified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax. Your Nissandealer can assist you in choosing the properproduct.

I Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

I Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

I If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam-age or staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at your NISSAN dealer or any auto-motive accessory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up and

causing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASS

When cleaning the rear window, it may beeasier to clean if the high-mounted stop light isremoved first.

Be careful when removing the high-mountedstop light to reduce the risk of damaging thehigh-mounted stop light wires.

The high-mounted stop light must be properlyreinstalled before driving your vehicle.

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner

SAI0014A

Appearance and care 7-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 173: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the window,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the elec-trical conductors, radio antenna ele-ments or rear window defogger ele-ments.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte-rior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyland leather surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry soft cloth. Before using anyfabric protector, read the manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. Some fabric protectors con-tain chemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

I Never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar material.

I The leather seats should be regularlycoated with a leather wax like saddlesoap. Never use car wax.

I Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

I Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

FLOOR MATS

The use of Genuine Nissan floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and makeit easier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR

7-4 Appearance and care

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 174: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver side only)

This model includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat hasa grommet hole incorporated in it. Simplyposition the mat by placing the floor matbracket through the floor mat grommet holewhile centering the mat in the floorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:

I The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

I Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION:

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should be re-moved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing andwhere atmospheric pollution exists and roadsalt is used.

SAI0012

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 175: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION:

I Wash and wax your vehicle often to keepthe vehicle clean.

I Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

I Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

I Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

I NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

I Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fend-ers.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and cor-rosion, which may be required in some areas,consult your local NISSAN dealer.

7-6 Appearance and care

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 176: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements........................................ 8-2General maintenance................................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items.......... 8-2Maintenance precautions .......................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ....................... 8-7Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-8

Checking engine coolant level ............................. 8-8Changing engine coolant ..................................... 8-9

Engine oil ................................................................ 8-10Checking engine oil level ................................... 8-10Changing engine oil ........................................... 8-11Changing engine oil filter ................................... 8-12

Automatic transmission fluid ................................... 8-12Temperature conditions for checking................. 8-13

Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-14Brake and clutch fluid ............................................. 8-14Window washer fluid ............................................... 8-15Battery ..................................................................... 8-15Drive belts ............................................................... 8-17Spark plugs ............................................................. 8-17

Replacing spark plugs........................................ 8-18

Air cleaner ............................................................... 8-18Windshield wiper blades ......................................... 8-19

Cleaning ............................................................. 8-19Replacing............................................................ 8-20

Parking brake and brake pedal............................... 8-21Checking parking brake ..................................... 8-21Checking brake pedal ........................................ 8-21Brake booster ..................................................... 8-22

Clutch pedal ............................................................ 8-22Fuses....................................................................... 8-22

Engine compartment .......................................... 8-23Passenger compartment .................................... 8-24

Keyfob battery replacement .................................... 8-24Lights....................................................................... 8-26

Headlights........................................................... 8-27Exterior and interior lights .................................. 8-28

Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-33Tire pressure ...................................................... 8-33Types of tires...................................................... 8-33Tire chains.......................................................... 8-34Changing wheels and tires................................. 8-35

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 177: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour NISSAN’s good mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat scheduled maintenance, as well as gen-eral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “Service and Main-tenance Guide”. You must refer to that guide toensure that necessary maintenance is per-formed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They are es-sential if your vehicle is to continue to operateproperly. It is your responsibility to performthese procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quire minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer,your NISSAN dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-tems checked and tuned by an authorizedNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulletins,service tips, and in-dealership training pro-grams. They are completely qualified to workon NISSAN vehicles before they work on yourvehicle, rather than after they have worked onit.

You can be confident that your NISSAN deal-er’s service department performs the best jobto meet the maintenance requirements of yourvehicle — in a reliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or haveyour NISSAN dealer check it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your NISSANdealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge atleast once a month and always prior to longdistance trips, including the spare, and adjustto the specified pressure if necessary. Checkcarefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Wheel nuts*: When checking the tires, makesure no nuts are missing, and check for anyloose nuts. Tighten if necessary.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 178: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehiclepulls to either side while driving on a straightand level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” in theWarranty Information Booklet (US) or “TireSafety Information” in the Warranty and Road-side Assistance Information booklet (Canada).

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regu-lar basis. Check the windshield at least everysix months for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate smoothly as wellas the trunk lid or back hatch. Also make surethat all latches lock securely. Lubricate if nec-essary. Make sure that the secondary latch

keeps the hood from opening when the pri-mary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin good quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free

play, hard steering or strange noises.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to en-sure they operate smoothly and that all latcheslock securely in every position. Check that thehead restraints move up and down smoothlyand that the locks (if equipped) hold securelyin all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjust-ers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mats away from the pedal.

Clutch pedal*: Make sure the pedal operatessmoothly and check that it has the proper freeplay.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Brake pedal and booster*: Check the pedalfor smooth operation and make sure it has theproper distance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sure tokeep floor mats away from the pedal.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 179: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and make sure that the vehicle isheld securely on a fairly steep hill when onlythe parking brake is applied.

Automatic transaxle P (Park) positionmechanism: On a fairly steep hill check thatthe vehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the tank.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, dete-rioration or loose connections.

Brake and clutch fluid levels*: Make surethat the brake and clutch fluid levels are be-tween the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level on thedipstick after parking the vehicle on a levelspot and turning off the engine.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level in the reservoir tank with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment,leaks, cracks, etc.

Automatic transaxle fluid level*: Check thelevel on the dipstick after putting the selectorlever in P (Park) position with the engine idling.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound ofthe exhaust seems unusual or there is a smellof exhaust fumes, immediately locate thetrouble and correct it. (See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide).)

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel

lines and around the exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, being carefulto clean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause andhave it corrected immediately.

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 180: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.

WARNING

I Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. For a manualtransmission, move the shift lever toN (Neutral) position. For an automatictransmission, move the selector leverto P (Park) position.

I Be sure the ignition key is OFF orLOCK when performing any parts re-placement or repairs.

I Your vehicle is equipped with an au-tomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warning,even if the ignition key is in the OFFposition and the engine is not run-ning. To avoid injury, always discon-

nect the negative battery cable beforeworking near the fan.

I If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

I It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

I Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

I If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

I Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

I Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel and the bat-

tery.

I On gasoline engine models with theMultiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System,the fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION

I Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn off the engine andwait until it cools down.

I Never connect or disconnect eitherthe battery or any transistorized com-ponent connector while the ignitionkey is on.

I Never leave the engine or the auto-matic transmission related compo-nent harness connector discon-nected while the ignition key is on.

I Avoid direct contact with used engineoil and coolant. Improperly disposed

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 181: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

engine oil, engine coolant and/orother vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-ronment. Always conform to localregulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion gives instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “9. Technicaland consurner information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating diffi-culties or excessive emissions, and could af-fect your warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, have it done by your NISSANdealer.

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 182: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SDI1337

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 183: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a genuine NISSAN anti-freeze coolant or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freezeand 50% demineralized water/distilledwater. The use of other types of coolantsolutions may damage your enginecooling system.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

I Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. Waituntil the engine and radiator cooldown.

I See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

I The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure cap. To prevent engine damage,use only a genuine NISSAN radiatorcap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level. Ifthe reservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fillthe radiator with coolant up to the filler openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level.

If the engine cooling system frequentlyrequires coolant, have it checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

SDI0960

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 184: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

I Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by your NISSAN dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate NISSAN Service Manual.

I Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

I To avoid being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is hot.

I Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

I Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

I Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

1. Perform the following procedure to openthe heater water cock.

I Turn the ignition key from OFF to ON.

I Move the heater or air conditioner tem-perature control dial to the maximum hotposition then turn the ignition key toOFF.

2. Open radiator drain valve at the bottom of

radiator, and remove radiator filler cap.

I Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

I Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

3. Close the radiator drain valve securely afterthe coolant is drained.

4. Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mix-ture of anti-freeze solution and demineral-ized water/distilled water. Fill the reservoirtank up to the MAX level. Then install theradiator filler cap.

5. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under noload.Watch the engine coolant temperaturegauge for signs of overheating.

6. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up to theMAX level. Check the drain valve for anysign of leakage.

7. Recheck the coolant level after the vehiclehas been driven for a day.

SDI0114

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 185: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating with insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such dam-age is not covered by warranty.

SDI0115 SDI0534

ENGINE OIL

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 186: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

5. Remove the oil filler cap.

6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in “Engineoil” for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

I Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

I Check your local regulations.

7. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N ⋅m)

Do not use excessive force.

8. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for drain and

refill capacity. The drain and refill capacitydepends on the oil temperature and draintime. Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to determinethe proper amount of oil in the engine.

9. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dip-stick. Add engine oil if necessary.

11.Dispose of waste oil properly.

WARNING

I Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

I Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

I Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

SDI0974

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 187: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.(Depending on the engine model, a specialcap type wrench may be required. Seeyour NISSAN dealer if in doubt.) Removethe oil filter by turning it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil may be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith clean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten additionally more than2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

10.85 to 15.19 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.6 N ⋅m)

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait several min-utes. Check the oil level. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

WARNING

I When engine is running, keep hands,jewelry and clothing away from anymoving parts such as cooling fan anddrive belt.

I Automatic transmission fluid is poi-sonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of thereach of children.

SDI0975 SDI1051

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 188: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING

I The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on the dipstick after the follow-ing conditions have been met:

a) the engine should be warmed up tooperating temperature.

b) the vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

c) the automatic transmission fluid shouldbe warmed to between 122 and 176°F(50 and 80°C).

I The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera-tures of 86 to 122°F (30 to 50°C) using theCOLD range on the dipstick after the en-gine is warmed up and before driving. How-ever, the fluid should be re-checked usingthe HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and setthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the selectorlever through each gear range. Move theselector lever to P (Park) position after youhave moved it through all ranges.

3. Check the fluid level with the engine idling.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean withlint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the charging pipeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading.If the level is at the low side of either range,add fluid to the charging pipe.

CAUTION

I Do not overfill.

I Use only NISSAN Matic D (Continen-tal US and Alaska) or Canada Nissanautomatic transmission fluid.Dexron TMIII/Mercon TM or equivalentmay also be used. Outside the conti-nental US and Alaska contact aNISSAN dealer for more informationregarding suitable fluids, includingrecommended brand(s) of Dexron TM

III/Mercon TM automatic transmissionfluid.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic in hotweather, or if it is being used to pull atrailer, the accurate fluid level cannot beread. You should wait until the fluid hascooled down (about 30 minutes).

SDI1343

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 189: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD range atfluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

I Do not overfill.I Use Genuine Nissan PSFII or equiva-

lent.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluidis below the MIN line or the brake warning lightcomes on, add DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line.If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be thoroughly checked by yourNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or con-taminated fluid may damage the brakeand clutch systems. The use of im-proper fluids can damage the brake sys-

tem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, wash with water.

SDI1076 SDI0119

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 190: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

I Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

I Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

I If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the (—) negative batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

I Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by battery action is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touch orrub your eyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If the acid contacts your eyes,skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

I Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low battery fluidcan cause a higher load on the bat-

SDI0961A

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 191: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

tery which can generate heat, reducebattery life, and in some cases lead toan explosion.

I When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

I Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

I Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the MAX and MIN lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs.

2. Add distilled water up to the MAX level.

3. Tighten cell plugs.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump start-ing” in the “6. In case of emergency” section. Ifthe engine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact yourNISSAN dealer.

DI0137M

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 192: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion orlooseness. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted by yourNISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension. WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.SDI0141

DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 193: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule but, do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

If replacement is required, see your NISSANdealer for servicing.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See the separate Service andMaintenance Guide. When replacing the filter,wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing andthe cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

I Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleaner

not only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it is notthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

I Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine with theair cleaner removed. Doing so couldresult in serious injury.

SDI0145 SDI0963

AIR CLEANER

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 194: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position.

Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

I Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

I Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-

gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 195: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may clog the nozzle that couldcause improper windshield washer opera-tion. If wax gets into the nozzle, unclog itwith a needle or small pin.

DI1018M

SDI0146

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 196: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, pull the parkingbrake lever up slowly and firmly. If the numberof clicks is out of the range listed above, seeyour NISSAN dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your NISSAN dealer.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See your NISSAN dealer and have itchecked if the brake pedal height doesnot return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indi-cator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, oc-casional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, seethe separate Service and Maintenance Guide.

SDI0125 DI1020MH

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 197: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourNISSAN dealer.

Press the pedal by hand and be sure the freetravel is within the limits shown above. If freetravel is too little or too much, see yourNISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher amperagerating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the elec-trical system or cause a fire.

DI1021MC

CLUTCH PEDAL FUSES

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 198: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fusible link cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by yourNISSAN dealer.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine NISSANparts.

SDI0964 SDI0965

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 199: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Pull to open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by yourNISSAN dealer.

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

SDI0966

SPA1374

KEYFOB BATTERYREPLACEMENT

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 200: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Make sure that the ⊕ side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.

See your NISSAN dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

I Be careful not to touch a circuit boardand a battery terminal.

I An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

I The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it does get wet, immediately wipe com-pletely dry.

I When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 201: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SDI1336

LIGHTS

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 202: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing the xenon headlight bulb— low beam

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at an autho-rized NISSAN dealer. For additional in-formation, see “Headlight and turnsignal switch” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb — high beam

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halogen)bulb. A bulb can be replaced from inside theengine compartment without removing theheadlight assembly.

CAUTION

High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.

2. Turn the connector to loosen it.

3. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shakeor rotate the bulb when removing it.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order ofremoval.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing thebulb. When aiming adjustment is neces-sary, contact your NISSAN dealer.

SDI1333

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 203: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CAUTION

I Do not touch the bulb.

I Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed:Wattage 60Bulb no. HB3

I Do not leave the bulb out of the head-light reflector for a long period of timeas dust, moisture, and smoke mayenter the headlight body and affectthe performance of the headlight.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal 21 T20

Clearance light 5 T10

Front side marker light 3.8 T10

Front fog light (if so equipped)See an authorized NISSAN

dealer for assistance.

Rear combination light

Turn signal 21 T20

Stop/Tail 21/5 T20

Back-up 13 T16

Rear side marker light 3.8 T10

License plate light 5

High-mounted stop light (if soequipped)

21 T20

Interior light 10

Front personal light 10

Step light 2.7 161

Trunk light 3.4 158

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.4 —

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 204: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

MDI0006

SDI1334

SDI0969

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 205: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SDI0970

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 206: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SDI1335

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 207: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

SDI1340 SDI0756

SDI0333A

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 208: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSUREMaximum inflation pressureDo not exceed the maximum inflation pres-sures shown on the side wall of the tire.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including spare) atleast once a month and always prior to longdistance trips. Incorrect tire pressure may ad-versely affect tire life and vehicle handling. Tirepressure should be checked when tires areCOLD. Tires are considered COLD after the

vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. COLD tire pressures are shown onthe tire placard affixed to the console box lid.

WARNING

I Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

I The vehicle capacity weight is indi-cated on the tire placard. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle may resultin reduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handling charac-teristics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

I Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou have loaded your vehicle heavily,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressure is at the speci-fied level.

I Do not drive your vehicle over 85

MPH (140 km/h) unless it is equippedwith high speed capability tires. Driv-ing faster than 85 MPH (140 km/h)may result in tire failure, loss of con-trol and possible injury.

I For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” in the Warranty Informa-tion booklet (Canada).

TYPES OF TIRES

CAUTION

When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., summer, all season or snow) andconstruction. Your NISSAN dealer maybe able to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability. Replacement tires may havea lower speed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not match the

DI1033M

WHEELS AND TIRES

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 209: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

potential maximum vehicle speed. Neverexceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” in the Warranty InformationBooklet (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” in the Warranty Information book-let (Canada).

All season tires

NISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for useall year around, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction than allseason tires and may be more appropriate insome areas.

Summer tires

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some mod-els to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance in snow andice will be substantially reduced. Summer tiresdo not have the tire traction rating M&S on thetire sidewall.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rating tothe original equipment tires. If you do not, itcan adversely affect the safety and handling ofyour vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local, stateand provincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before install-

ing tire chains. When installing tire chains,make sure they are of proper size for the tireson your vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useonly SAE class S chains. Other types maydamage your vehicle. Use chain tensionerswhen recommended by the tire chain manu-facturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links ofthe tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or undercarriage. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at a re-duced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling and perfor-mance may be adversely affected.

Never install tire chains on a T-type spare tire.Do not use the chains on dry roads.

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 210: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends that tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N ⋅m)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.

WARNING

I After rotating the tires, adjust the tirepressure.

I Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

I Do not include the T-type spare tire orany other small size spare tire in thetire rotation.

I For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” in the Warranty Informa-tion booklet (Canada).

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

I Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. If ex-cessive wear, cracks, bulging, ordeep cuts are found, the tire shouldbe replaced.

I The original tires have a built-in treadwear indicator. When the wear indica-

DI0048-B MDI0004

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 211: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

tor is visible, the tire should be re-placed.

I Improper service for a spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If itis necessary to repair the spare tire,contact your NISSAN dealer.

I For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” in the Warranty Informa-tion booklet (Canada).

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,speed rating and load carrying capacity asoriginally equipped. See “Specifications” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sec-tion for recommended types and sizes of tiresand wheels.

WARNING

I The use of tires other than those

recommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

I If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same offset dimen-sion. Wheels of a different offsetcould cause early tire wear, possiblydegraded vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad wear.

I Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warn-

ing.

I The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

I For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” in the Warranty Informa-tion booklet (Canada).

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancingthe front wheels on the vehicle could lead totransmission damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” in theWarranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels

I Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 212: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

to maintain their appearance.

I Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

I Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

I Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

I NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (T-type spare tire)

Observe the following precautions if the T-typespare tire must be used, otherwise your ve-hicle could be damaged or involved in anaccident.

CAUTION

I The T-type spare tire should be usedonly for emergency. It should be re-placed by the standard tire at the firstopportunity.

I Drive carefully while the T-type sparetire is installed.

Avoid sharp turns and abrupt brakingwhile driving.

I Periodically check the T-type sparetire inflation pressure, and alwayskeep it at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

I Always keep the pressure of the fullsize spare tire (if so equipped) at therecommended pressure for standardtires, as indicated on the tire placard.For tire placard location, see “Tireplacard” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information”.

I Do not drive your vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

I Do not use tire chains on a T-typespare tire. Tire chains will not fit prop-erly on the T-type spare tire and maycause damage to the vehicle.

I When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tireshould be used on the rear wheel and

the original tire used on the frontwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the front two original tires.

I Tire tread of the T-type spare tire willwear at a faster rate than the originaltire. Replace the T-type spare tire assoon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

I Because the T-type spare tire issmaller than the original tire, groundclearance is reduced. To avoid dam-age to the vehicle do not drive overobstacles. Also do not drive the ve-hicle through an automatic car washsince it may get caught.

I Do not use the T-type spare tire onother vehicles.

I Do not use more than one T-typespare tire at the same time.

I Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 213: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 214: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 215: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 216: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ........... 9-2Fuel recommendation........................................... 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.............. 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number................. 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ................................................. 9-6

Specifications ............................................................ 9-7Engine .................................................................. 9-7Wheels and tires .................................................. 9-9Dimensions and weights ...................................... 9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ....................................................... 9-10Vehicle identification ............................................... 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate........... 9-10Vehicle identification number(Chassis number) ............................................... 9-10Engine serial number ......................................... 9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label .............................. 9-11Emission control information label ..................... 9-11

Tire placard ........................................................ 9-12Air conditioner specification label....................... 9-12

Installing front license plate..................................... 9-13Vehicle loading information..................................... 9-14

Terms ................................................................. 9-14Determining vehicle load capacity...................... 9-14Loading tips ........................................................ 9-15

Towing a trailer ....................................................... 9-15Maximum load limits........................................... 9-16Towing safety ..................................................... 9-17

Uniform tire quality grading..................................... 9-19Emission control system warranty .......................... 9-20Reporting safety defects (US only) ......................... 9-20Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ................................................................. 9-21Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation............................................................... 9-22In the event of a collision........................................ 9-22

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 217: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)RecommendedspecificationsUS

measureImp

measureLiter

Fuel 18-1/2 gal 15-3/8 gal 70 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1

Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0 I API Certification Mark*2, *3I API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ, Energy

Conserving*2, *3I ILSAC grade GF-I & GF-II*2, *3Without oil filter change 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7

Cooling system

With reservoir 8-1/8 qt 6-3/4 qt 7.7Genuine NISSAN anti-freeze coolant or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/5 qt 0.8

Manual transmission gear oil — — — API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-90 only

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to the instructionsin the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Auto-matic Transmission Fluid*4

Power steering fluid Genuine Nissan PSFII or equivalent*8

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine Nissan Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*7

Air conditioning system lubricants — — —Nissan A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: DexronTMIII/MerconTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact a NISSAN dealer for more information regarding

suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DexronTMIII/MerconTM automatic transmission fluid.*5: Available in mainland US through your NISSAN dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.*8: Genuine Nissan PSFII, Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission fluid, DexronTMIII/MerconTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 218: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96)

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Researchoctane number 91) can be used.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol devices and systems, and couldalso affect the warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-

cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising their pres-ence. NISSAN does not recommend the use offuels of which the oxygenate content and thefuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot bereadily determined. If in doubt, ask your ser-vice station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage ofsuch fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

I The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

I If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

I If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol (me-thyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should

also contain a suitable amount of appro-priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-tors. If not properly formulated with ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or ve-hicle performance problems. At thistime, sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends are suit-able for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fu-els, immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of anyfuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent or similaringredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 219: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you should useunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number.However, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI number inthese high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219m)] such as: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,Utah, Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, south-ern Idaho, western South Dakota, westernNebraska, and that part of Texas which isdirectly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have your dealer correct the condi-tion. Failure to correct the condition ismisuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN isnot responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptoms

are encountered, have your vehicle checked ata NISSAN dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

9-4 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 220: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality, andviscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine lifeand performance. NISSAN recommends theuse of a low friction oil (energy conserving oil)in order to improve fuel economy and con-serve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Pe-troleum Institute (API) certification mark on the

front of the container should be used. This typeof oil supersedes the existing API SG, SH, orSJ and Energy Conserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SG/SH,Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ,Energy conserving oil. An oil with a singledesignation SG or SH, or in combination withother categories (for example, SG/CC orSG/CD) may also be used if one with the APIcertification mark cannot be found. An ILSACgrade GF-I & GF-II oil can also be used.

Mineral based or synthetic type oils may beused in your NISSAN vehicle. These oils must

however, meet the API quality and SAE vis-cosity ratings specified for your vehicle. Do notmix mineral based and synthetic type oils inthe engine at the same time.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which the ve-hicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The recommended SAE viscositynumber chart shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replac-ing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent

STI0293

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 221: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

for the reason described in change intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended could re-duce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new NISSAN vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not have tochange the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle. Op-eration under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

I repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures,

I driving in dusty conditions,

I extensive idling,

I towing a trailer.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (−18°C).

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in this NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,Nissan A/C System Oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will require thereplacement of all air conditioner sys-tem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotiveair conditioning system service. Your NISSANdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

TI1028-C

9-6 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 222: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Contact your NISSAN dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6*

Idle speed rpmSee the emission control label onthe underside of the hood.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idle speed [No air] %

Spark plugStandard PLFR5A-11

Service option PLFR4A-11, PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

SPECIFICATIONS

Technical and consumer information 9-7

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 223: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

TI1009-A

9-8 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 224: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum16 x 6-1/2JJ17 x 7JJ17 x 7JJ (option)

1.57 (40)1.57 (40)*21.75 (45)*3

Tire

ConventionalP215/55R16 91HP215/55R17 93HP225/50R17 93V

Spare

Conventional*1T125/70D16T125/90D16T135/70D16T135/90D16

*1: For option*2: For P215/55R17 91H*3: For P225/50R17 93V

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Sedan

Overall length in (mm) 191.5 (4,863)

Overall width in (mm) 70.3 (1,785)

Overall height in (mm)56.3 (1,430)*356.7 (1,440)*457.1 (1,450)*5

Front tread in (mm)60.2 (1,530)*159.8 (1,520)*2

Rear tread in (mm)59.4 (1,510)*159.1 (1,500)*2

Wheelbase in (mm) 108.3 (2,750)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on the driver’s sidelock pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: For models with road wheel size - 16 x 6.5JJ, 17 x 7JJ (offset 1.57 in (40 mm))*2: For models with aluminum wheel size - 17 x 7JJ (offset 1.75 in (45 mm))*3: For models with the tire size P215/55R16 91H*4: For models with the tire size P225/50R17 93V*5: For models with the tire size P215/55R17 93H

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 225: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

When planning to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded engine gaso-line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle toareas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifi-cation for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0038 STI0187

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9-10 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 226: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

STI0047 STI0186 STI0188

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 227: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

TIRE PLACARD

The cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard affixed to the console box lid.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is affixedinside of the hood as shown.

STI0206 STI0292

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 228: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinylbag.

I License plate bracket

I J-nut x 2

I Screw x 2

I Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning points qA of the front bumperfascia with holes qB in the license platebracket.

2. Remove the license plate bracket.

3. Carefully drill two pilot holes qA using a 0.39in (10 mm) drill bit at the marked locations.(Be sure that the drill only goes throughthe fascia, or damage to the nut mayoccur.)

4. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

5. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto the partqC .

6. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketSTI0191

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSEPLATE

Technical and consumer information 9-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 229: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

before placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

7. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

8. Install the license plate with bolts that areno longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

WARNING

I It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously injuredor killed

I Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

I Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

I Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle)- vehicle weight including: standard andoptional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

I GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

I GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total weight (load) limit specifiedfor the vehicle.

I GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle.

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITY

The load capacity of this vehicle is determinedby weight, not by available cargo space. Forexample, a luggage rack, bike carrier, cartopcarrier or similar equipment does not increaseload carrying capacity of your vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by using acommercial-grade scale, found at places suchas a truck stop, gravel quarry, grain elevator,or a scrap metal recycling facility.

1. Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

2. Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to deter-mine how much more weight your vehiclecan carry.

3. After loading (cargo and passengers), re-weigh your vehicle to determine if eitherGVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is ex-

VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION

9-14 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 230: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

ceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, removecargo as necessary. If either the front orrear GAWR is exceeded, shift the load orremove cargo as necessary.

LOADING TIPS

I The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label.

I Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

I Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

I Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts onyour vehicle can break, or it canchange the way your vehicle handles.This could result in loss of control

and cause personal injury.

I Overloading can shorten the life ofyour vehicle. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered by yourwarranty.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer will place addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

Information on trailer towing ability and thespecial equipment required should be ob-tained from your NISSAN dealer. He can ob-tain a Nissan Trailer Towing Guide for you.

TI1011M

TOWING A TRAILER

Technical and consumer information 9-15

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 231: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed1,000 lb (454 kg). The total trailer load equalstrailer weight plus its cargo weight. Towingloads greater than 1,000 lb (454 kg) or usingimproper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may haveto be reduced on very steep grades or in lowtraction situations (for example, on slipperyboat ramps).

WARNING

Vehicle damage and/or personal injuryresulting from improper towing proce-dures are not covered by NISSAN war-ranties. A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide(U.S. only) containing information ontrailer towing ability and the special

equipment required may be obtainedfrom an authorized NISSAN dealer.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11% ofthe total trailer load. If the tongue load be-comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow forproper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed. GVWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label. The gross ve-hicle weight equals the combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TI1012M

9-16 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 232: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MAXIMUMTOWING LOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

110 (49)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is avail-able from your NISSAN dealer (Canada only).Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attachedto the vehicle, to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or passingtrucks.

CAUTION

I Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

I The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

I Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

I To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

I Regularly check that all hitch mount-ing bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

I When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pressureindicated on the tire placard (located on theinside of the center console lid).

I Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be in ac-cordance with the trailer and tire manufac-turers’ specifications.

Safety chain

Always use a suitable chain between your

vehicle and the trailer. The chain should becrossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chain to permitturning corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. When wiring the vehicle fortowing, connect the stop and tail light pickupinto the vehicle electrical circuit at a pointbetween the sensor and stop light or lightswitch.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking sys-tem, make sure it conforms to federal and/orlocal regulations and that it is properly in-stalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

I Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloaded

Technical and consumer information 9-17

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 233: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle ifit has an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

I Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shifts while driving.

I Be certain your rear view mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing be-fore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability, andbraking performance will be somewhat differ-ent than under normal driving conditions.

I Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

I Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

I Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

I Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

I Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on a

slope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so, and if your vehicle is equippedwith automatic transmission, first block thewheels and apply the parking brake, andthen move the transmission selector leverinto the P (Park) position. If you move theselector lever to the P (Park) position be-fore blocking the wheels and applying theparking brake, transmission damage couldoccur.

I When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshiftthe transmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

I If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

I Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-mal circumstances.

I Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

I Have your vehicle serviced more often than

at intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule.

I When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

I Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possiblycausing vehicle sway. When being passedby larger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually) re-duce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

I Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

I To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not usefifth gear (manual transmission) or over-drive (automatic transmission).

9-18 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 234: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

I Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change oil in thetransmission more frequently. See the“Service and Maintenance Guide”.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified governmenttest courses. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tire graded100. However, relative tire performance de-pends on actual driving conditions, and mayvary significantly from the norm due to varia-tions in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt

and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause tire mate-rial to degenerate, reducing tire life. Excessivetemperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance levelwhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING

Technical and consumer information 9-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 235: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and pos-sible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

I Emission Defects Warranty

I Emissions Performance Warranty

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet that comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

I Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena. CA. 90248-0191

I Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to no-tifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call theAuto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. If you reside in Hawaii, please call808-836-0888. You may also write to:NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transporta-tion, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motor vehiclesafety from the Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.In Hawaii call (808) 836-0888.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(US only)

9-20 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 236: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the ready condition for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the ready condition whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the ready condition can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not ready condition. Before takingthe I/M test, drive the vehicle through thefollowing pattern to set the vehicle to the readycondition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, an NISSAN dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to traffic con-ditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolanttemperature gauge needle points to C. Al-low the engine to idle until the gauge needle

points between the C and H (normal oper-ating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3 min-utes.

8. Stop the vehicle (shift lever in the “P” or “N”position).

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutiveminutes, then release the accelerator pedalcompletely.

10.Wait 5 second at idle.

11.Rev the engine up between 2,000 and

3,000 rpm and maintain it for 5 consecutiveminutes.

12.Turn the engine off.

13.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode is ac-ceptable between steps. Do not stop the en-gine until step 7 is completed.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (USonly)

Technical and consumer information 9-21

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 237: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illus-trations and step-by-step diagnostic and ad-justment procedures, this manual is the sameone used by the factory trained techniciansworking at authorized NISSAN dealerships.Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner’sManuals, and genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see an authorized NISSANdealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood Dr.Strongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for the 2002model year and prior, see an authorizedNISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood Dr.Strongsville OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest NISSAN dealer. For thephone number and location of a NISSANDealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingualNISSAN representative will assist you.

Also available are Genuine NISSAN Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older NISSAN mod-els.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this un-likely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know. Many insurance compa-nies routinely authorize the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to cut costs,among other reasons.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

9-22 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 238: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Insist on the use of Genuine NissanCollision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to Nissan’s original exacting speci-fications — if you want to help it to last andhold its resale value, the solution is simple.Tell your insurance agent and your repairshop to only use Genuine Nissan CollisionParts. Nissan does not warrant non-Nissanparts, nor does Nissan’s warranty apply todamage caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine Nissan Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value ofyour vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,using Genuine Nissan Parts may prevent orlimit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-penses at the end of your lease.

Nissan designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built in safeguards. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repair

your vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take actionto protect yourself.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information visit usat: www.nissandriven.com.

Technical and consumer information 9-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 239: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MEMO

9-24 Technical and consumer information

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 240: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)......................... 5-18Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front airbagsystem) ...................................................... 1-13Side (See supplemental side air bagsystem) ...................................................... 1-15

Air bag warning labels .................................... 1-18Air bag warning light................................ 1-18, 2-9Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-18Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ............................. 4-3Air conditioner service ....................... 4-3, 4-12Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-12Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations................ 4-12, 9-6Air filter ...................................................... 4-11Heater and air conditioner controls............. 4-3Servicing air conditioner.............................. 4-3

Air conditioner operation, Semiautomatic......... 4-5Air flow charts ................................................... 4-6Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-4Anchor point locations

Top tether strap......................................... 1-35Antenna........................................................... 4-29Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)........................ 5-18Anti-lock brake warning light............................. 2-7

Appearance careExterior appearance care............................ 7-2Interior appearance care ............................. 7-4

Armrest ............................................................. 1-8Audible reminders........................................... 2-11Audio operation precautions........................... 4-13Audio system .................................................. 4-12Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror .............................. 3-15Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-12Drive positioner ......................................... 3-16Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-4, 5-8Seat positioner, seat ................................. 3-16Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-10

Avoiding collision and rollover .......................... 5-3

B

Battery............................................................. 8-15Battery saver system................................. 2-17

Battery replacement, (See multi-remote controlsystem) ............................................................. 3-8Before starting the engine ................................ 5-7Belts (See drive belts) .................................... 8-17Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ................... 5-18Brake and clutch fluid................................ 8-14Brake booster ............................................ 8-22

Brake pedal ............................................... 8-21Brake pedal check..................................... 8-21Brake system............................................. 5-18Parking brake check ........................ 5-12, 8-21Parking brake operation ............................ 5-12Warning light ............................................... 2-8

Break-in schedule ........................................... 5-15Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-7Bulb replacement............................................ 8-26

C

Cabin air filter ................................................. 4-11Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-30Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ........ 2-26Cargo net ........................................................ 2-26Cassette player (See audio system) ..... 4-18, 4-25Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst............ 5-3CD care and cleaning..................................... 4-28Child restraints................................................ 1-27

Installation on front passenger seat.......... 1-36Precautions on child restraints.................. 1-27Top tether strap anchor point locations .... 1-35With top tether strap.................................. 1-35

Child safety ..................................................... 1-22Child safety rear door lock................................ 3-4Chimes, Audible reminders............................. 2-11Circuit breaker, Fusible link ............................ 8-23

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 241: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ............................................................... 2-30Clutch

Clutch pedal .............................................. 8-22Fluid........................................................... 8-14

Cold weather driving....................................... 5-20Compact spare tire ......................................... 8-37Console box.................................................... 2-26Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls............. 4-3Heater and semiautomatic airconditioner ................................................... 4-3

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-9Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-8

Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Cruise control.................................................. 5-13Cup holder ...................................................... 2-24

D

Daytime running light system ......................... 2-18Defogger switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefogger switch............................................... 2-15Dimensions and weights................................... 9-9Door open warning light ................................... 2-8Drive belts ....................................................... 8-17Drive positioner, Automatic............................. 3-16Driving

Cold weather driving ................................. 5-20Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-4, 5-8Driving with manual transmission ...... 5-5, 5-11

Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................ 5-15Emission control information label.................. 9-11Emission control system warranty .................. 9-20Engine

Before starting the engine........................... 5-7Block heater .............................................. 5-21Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-9Changing engine oil .................................. 8-11Changing engine oil filter .......................... 8-12Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-8Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-10Coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-7Engine cooling system ................................ 8-8Engine oil................................................... 8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation..... 9-5Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................ 9-11Engine specifications................................... 9-7If your vehicle overheats ............................. 6-9Starting the engine ...................................... 5-7

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ...................... 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label........................... 9-11Filter, Air cleaner housing filter....................... 8-18

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)............................................................. 2-19Flat tire.............................................................. 6-2Floor mat cleaning ............................................ 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-12Brake and clutch fluid................................ 8-14Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Engine coolant............................................. 8-8Engine oil................................................... 8-10Power steering fluid................................... 8-14Window washer fluid ................................. 8-15

Fog light switch............................................... 2-19Folding rear seat............................................... 1-5Front air bag system (See supplemental restraintsystem) ........................................................... 1-13Front power seat adjustment ............................ 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2filler cap ..................................................... 3-12filler lid ....................................................... 3-12Fuel economy............................................ 5-15Fuel octane rating ....................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Gauge.......................................................... 2-5

Fuses .............................................................. 8-22Fusible links .................................................... 8-23

G

Gas cap .......................................................... 3-12Gauge ............................................................... 2-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

10-2

Page 242: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Engine coolant temperature gauge............. 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5Odometer..................................................... 2-4Speedometer ............................................... 2-4Tachometer ................................................. 2-4

General maintenance ....................................... 8-2Glasses case .................................................. 2-24Glove box........................................................ 2-25Glove box lock ................................................ 2-25

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................ 2-19Head restraints ................................................. 1-6Headlights

Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-27Headlight switch ........................................ 2-17Xenon headlights....................................... 2-16

Heated seats................................................... 2-20Heated steering wheel (if so equipped).......... 2-21Heater

Engine coolant heater ............................... 5-21Heater and air conditioner controls............. 4-3Heater operation.......................................... 4-3

Heater operation, Semiautomatic airconditioner ........................................................ 4-4Hood, release ................................................. 3-10Horn ................................................................ 2-20How to stop alarm, Vehicle security ............... 2-13

I

Ignition switch ................................................... 5-4

Automatic transmission models ........... 5-4, 5-8Key positions ............................................... 5-6Manual transmission models ............. 5-5, 5-11

Immobilizer system ......................................... 2-13Indicator lights................................................. 2-10Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test................... 9-21Instrument panel ............................................... 2-2Interior light ..................................................... 2-32Interior light replacement ................................ 8-28Interior trunk lid release.................................. 3-12ISOFIX child restraint ..................................... 1-34

J

Jump starting .................................................... 6-6

K

Keys .................................................................. 3-2

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ........ 9-12Label, Emission control information label....... 9-11Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label................ 9-11Labels

Air bag warning labels............................... 1-18Engine serial number ................................ 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)........... 9-10

LATCH system................................................ 1-34License plate, Installing front license plate..... 9-13Light

Air bag warning light ................................. 1-18

Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-26Fog light switch ......................................... 2-19Headlight switch ........................................ 2-17Headlights Bulb replacement .................... 8-27Interior light................................................ 2-32Personal light............................................. 2-33Replacement ............................................. 8-26Trunk light.................................................. 2-34Vanity mirror light ...................................... 2-34Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ........................................... 2-7, 2-10Xenon headlights....................................... 2-16

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement .................................................... 8-28Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation) ..................................................... 9-14Lock

Door locks ................................................... 3-2Glove box lock........................................... 2-25Power door lock .......................................... 3-2Trunk lid lock opener lever........................ 3-10

Low fuel warning light ....................................... 2-9

M

MaintenanceBattery ....................................................... 8-15General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle ........................................ 8-3Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5Outside the vehicle...................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-26

Meters and gauges........................................... 2-3

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

10-3

Page 243: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

MirrorOutside mirror control................................ 3-15Outside mirrors.......................................... 3-15

N

Net, Cargo net ................................................ 2-26New vehicle break-in ...................................... 5-15Nissan vehicle Immobilizer System................ 2-12Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System, Enginestart ................................................................... 5-6

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil .................................. 8-11Changing engine oil filter .......................... 8-12Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-10Engine oil................................................... 8-10Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5

Outside mirror control ..................................... 3-15Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-15Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.................. 6-9

P

ParkingBrake check............................................... 8-21Parking brake check.................................. 5-12Parking brake operation ............................ 5-12

Parking on hills.......................................... 5-12Parking/parking on hills .................................. 5-16Personal light .................................................. 2-33Phone, Car phone or CB radio....................... 4-30Power

Front seat adjustment ................................. 1-3Power door lock .......................................... 3-2Power outlet .............................................. 2-22Power steering fluid................................... 8-14Power steering system.............................. 5-17Power windows ......................................... 2-27

Pre-tensioner seat belt system....................... 1-16Precautions

Audio operation precautions ..................... 4-13Braking precautions................................... 5-18Cruise control precautions ........................ 5-13Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5On child restraints ..................................... 1-27On seat belt usage.................................... 1-20Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ......................................................... 1-8Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2

Push starting..................................................... 6-8

R

Radio, Car phone or CB radio........................ 4-30Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ......................................................... 9-21Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock...... 3-4Rear power point ............................................ 2-22Rear window and outside mirror defoggerswitch .............................................................. 2-15Registering your vehicle in another country ... 9-10

Reporting safety defects (US only)................. 9-20Rollover............................................................. 5-3

S

SafetyChild seat belts.......................................... 1-22Reporting safety defects (US only) ........... 9-20Towing safety ............................................ 9-17

SeatBelt warning light....................................... 1-20Belt warning light and chime....................... 2-9

Seat adjustment, Front power seatadjustment ........................................................ 1-3Seat belt(s)

Child safety................................................ 1-22Infants and small children ......................... 1-22Injured persons.......................................... 1-23Larger children .......................................... 1-23Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................. 1-16Precautions on seat belt usage ................ 1-20Pregnant women ....................................... 1-23Seat belt cleaning........................................ 7-5Seat belt extenders ................................... 1-26Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-26Seat belts .................................................. 1-20Three-point type with retractor .................. 1-23

Seat(s)Heated seats ............................................. 2-20Seats ........................................................... 1-2

Security system, vehicle security system....... 2-12Security systems (Nissan Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ..................................... 2-13

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

10-4

Page 244: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Security systems (See vehicle securitysystem) ........................................................... 2-12Servicing air conditioner .......................... 4-3, 4-12Shift lock release ............................................ 5-10Shifting

Automatic transmission........................ 5-4, 5-8Manual transmission .......................... 5-5, 5-11

Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats ............................................................... 1-26Side air bag system (See supplemental side airbag system) .................................................... 1-15Spark plugs..................................................... 8-17Speedometer .................................................... 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine........................... 5-7Jump starting............................................... 6-6Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Push starting ............................................... 6-8Starting the engine ...................................... 5-7

SteeringPower steering fluid................................... 8-14Power steering system.............................. 5-17Tilting steering wheel ................................ 3-14

Storage ........................................................... 2-23Sun shade....................................................... 2-29Sun visors ....................................................... 3-14Sunroof ........................................................... 2-29Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-18Supplemental air bag warning light......... 1-18, 2-9Supplemental front air bag system................. 1-13Supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-8

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ......................................................... 1-8

Supplemental side air bag system ................. 1-15

SwitchFog light switch ......................................... 2-19Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-19Headlight switch ........................................ 2-17Ignition switch.............................................. 5-4Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels.................................................. 5-4, 5-8Ignition switch manual transmissionmodels................................................ 5-5, 5-11Power door lock switch ............................... 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defoggerswitch......................................................... 2-15Traction control system cancel switch ...... 2-22Turn signal switch ..................................... 2-19

T

Tachometer....................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ................................................................ 2-5Theft (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start..................................................... 2-13Three way catalyst............................................ 5-3Tilting steering wheel ...................................... 3-14Tire

Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2Uniform tire quality grading ....................... 9-19

TiresSpare tire................................................... 8-37Tire chains................................................. 8-34Tire placard ............................................... 9-12Tire pressure ............................................. 8-33Tire rotation ............................................... 8-35Types of tires............................................. 8-33

wheel/tire size.............................................. 9-9Wheels and tires ....................................... 8-33

Top tether strap child restraints...................... 1-35Towing

Tow truck towing ....................................... 6-10Towing a trailer.......................................... 9-15Towing load/specification chart ................. 9-15Towing safety ............................................ 9-17

Traction control system .................................. 5-19Traction control system (TCS) cancelswitch .............................................................. 2-22Trailer towing .................................................. 9-15Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-12Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-4, 5-8Driving with manual transmission ...... 5-5, 5-11Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-10

Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ............................................................ 9-10Trip computer.................................................. 2-30Trunk

Access through rear seat ............................ 1-5Interior trunk lid release ............................ 3-12Lid lock opener lever................................. 3-10Light........................................................... 2-34

Turn signal switch........................................... 2-19

U

Underbody cleaning.......................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................. 9-19

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

10-5

Page 245: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

V

Vanity mirror light............................................ 2-34Vehicle

Dimensions and weights ............................. 9-9Identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-10Loading information................................... 9-14Security system ......................................... 2-12

Vehicle recovery, (freeing a stuck vehicle)..... 6-11Ventilators ......................................................... 4-2

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .......... 1-18Warning light

Air bag warning light .......................... 1-18, 2-9Anti-lock brake............................................. 2-7Brake warning light...................................... 2-8Door open.................................................... 2-8Low fuel warning light ................................. 2-9Seat belt warning light and chime............... 2-9

Warning lights ................................................... 2-7Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch ........ 2-19Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders .......................................................... 2-7Warranty, Emission control systemwarranty .......................................................... 9-20Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washerswitch .............................................................. 2-14Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ........... 9-9Wheel/tire size .................................................. 9-9

Wheels and tires............................................. 8-33Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels

Window washer fluid....................................... 8-15Window(s)

Cleaning ...................................................... 7-3Power windows ......................................... 2-27

Windshield wiper and washer switch.............. 2-14Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-14Wiper blades ............................................. 8-19

X

Xenon headlights ............................................ 2-16

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

10-6

Page 246: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Researchoctane number 91) can be used.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Tech-nical and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

I API Certification Mark

I API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving II orAPI grade SJ, Energy Conserving

I ILSAC grade GF-II

I SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30 vis-cosity oil may be used for ambient tempera-tures above 0°F (−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

See tire placard affixed to the center consolelid.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURESRECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” Informationfound in the “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis Owner’s Manual.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X

Page 247: 2002 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

STI0205

Hood release 3-10

Meters and gauges 2-3

Trunk release 3-10

Seat belt 1-20

Key 3-2

Fuel 3-12, 9-2Spare tire 6-3, 8-37

Audio system 4-12Air conditioner 4-3

Engine oil 8-10

Engine coolant 8-8

Windshield washer fluid 8-15

Seat 1-2

Z 01.9.21/A33-D/V5.0 X